Three-dimensional printer components

This application claims priority to prior-filed International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US22/52030 filed Dec. 6, 2022 that claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 63/289,779 filed Dec. 15, 2021; and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 63/430,327 filed Dec. 5, 2022; each of which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.

Three-dimensional (3D) printing (e.g., additive manufacturing) is a process for making a three-dimensional object of any shape from a design. The design may be in the form of a data source such as an electronic data source, or may be in the form of a hard copy. The hard copy may be a two-dimensional representation of a 3D object. The data source may be an electronic 3D model. 3D printing may be accomplished through an additive process in which successive layers of material are laid down one on top of another. This process may be controlled (e.g., computer controlled, manually controlled, or both). A 3D printer can be an industrial robot.

3D printing can generate custom parts. A variety of materials can be used in a 3D printing process including elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or polymeric material. In some 3D printing processes (e.g., additive manufacturing), a first layer of hardened material is formed (e.g., by welding powder), and thereafter successive layers of hardened material are added one by one, wherein each new layer of hardened material is added on a pre-formed layer of hardened material, until the entire designed three-dimensional structure (3D object) is layer-wise materialized.

3D models may be created with a computer aided design package, via 3D scanner, or manually. The manual modeling process of preparing geometric data for 3D computer graphics may be similar to plastic arts, such as sculpting or animating. 3D scanning is a process of analyzing and collecting digital data on the shape and appearance of a real object (e.g., real-life object). Based on this data, 3D models of the scanned object can be produced.

A number of 3D printing processes are currently available. They may differ in the manner layers are deposited to create the materialized 3D structure (e.g., hardened 3D structure). They may vary in the material or materials that are used to materialize the designed 3D object. Some methods melt, sinter, or soften material to produce the layers that form the 3D object. Examples for 3D printing methods include selective laser melting (SLM), selective laser sintering (SLS), direct metal laser sintering (DMLS) or fused deposition modeling (FDM). Other methods cure liquid materials using different technologies such as stereo lithography (SLA). In the method of laminated object manufacturing (LOM), thin layers (made inter alia of paper, polymer, or metal) are cut to shape and joined together.

At times, during the process of 3D printing, a portion of the material bed may part from the material bed (e.g. due to heating). The parted portion may form debris (e.g., floating in an atmosphere of the 3D printing processing chamber). The debris may accumulate on one or more components in the 3D printer (e.g., of the processing chamber). The debris may alter a function of at least one (e.g., mechanical) component in the 3D printer (e.g., the layer dispensing mechanism). For example, the debris may absorb, obstruct, and/or reflect a portion of the energy beam radiation. The component may not be required in the processing chamber during the entire span of the 3D printing process (e.g. when the energy beam is projected on the material bed). At times, it may be requested to reduce (e.g., avoid) a generation of debris on various components of the 3D printer (e.g., a layer dispensing mechanism). At times, it may be requested to (e.g., periodically) clean the component from the debris. At times, it may be requested to clean and/or recondition a portion of the debris. The reconditioned debris may be used by the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., layer dispenser) during the 3D printing.

At times, during the process of dispensing pre-transformed (e.g., particulate) material as part of the 3D printing, the pre-transformed material may flow in a discontinuous manner, or cease to flow. For example, the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material may clump up. For example, particles in the particulate material may adhere to each other. For example, the pre-transformed material may adhere to one or more surfaces of the layer dispenser (e.g., material dispenser therein). For example, the pre-transformed material may block an exit opening of the layer dispenser (e.g., material dispenser therein). At times, it may be requested to introduce energy to the pre-transformed material before and/or during its deposition to facilitate movement (e.g., flow) of the pre-transformed material (e.g., to allow non-interrupted and/or smooth deposition). At times, it may be requested to have the one or more surfaces of the layer dispenser (e.g., material dispenser therein) (e.g., which surface(s) contact the pre-transformed material) exert a low amount of friction on the pre-transformed material. At times, it may be requested to have the one or more surfaces of the layer dispenser (e.g., material dispenser therein) (e.g., which surface(s) contact the pre-transformed material) that are smooth (e.g., with a low Ra value). At times, it may be requested to have the one or more surfaces of the layer dispenser (e.g., material dispenser therein) coated with a material that alters (e.g., reduces the likelihood of) the (i) adhesion of the pre-transformed material to the surface(s) and/or (ii) friction of the pre-transformed material on the surface(s). The surface(s) may be those contacting the pre-transformed material.

The layer dispensing mechanism dispensing a planar layer as part of a material bed, may travel on railings. The railings may be subject to accumulation of starting material and/or debris (e.g., printing byproduct) during the 3D printing. Such accumulation may cause the layer dispensing mechanism to deviate from its intended path such that the resulting layer dispensed would form an exposed surface that deviates from the requested planarity.

In some aspects, the present disclosure delineates methods, systems, devices, apparatuses, and/or software that alleviate the above hardships.

In an aspect, the present disclosure comprises protection (e.g., seclusion) of the component (e.g., layer dispensing mechanism or layer dispenser) during a portion of the 3D printing process. The protection can be, for example, from accumulation of starting material and/or debris. The protection may comprise a physical separation. The protection may comprise a labyrinth type railing. The layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of material on the railing. The carriage may comprise one or more wheels that push away the accumulated material on the railing during its progression on the railing. The carriage may comprise a flexible coupler capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of material on the railing.

Another aspect, the present disclosure comprises cleaning the component (e.g., a layer dispensing mechanism) during at least a portion of the 3D printing process. The cleaning can be, for example, from the debris. The cleaning may comprise active or passive cleaning.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprising: a layer dispenser configured to translate and dispense a material bed, wherein the layer dispenser comprises a port (e.g., an opening port); a frame that comprises an opening and is disposed adjacent to the platform, wherein the opening the provides a passage from a first side to a second side (e.g., the opening separates a first side from a second side upon a closing of the opening), wherein the second side comprises the material bed, which layer dispenser translates through the opening; a closure that closes the opening, which closure is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser; and an energy source configured to generate an energy beam directed towards the material bed and transform at least a portion of the material bed to the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises an ancillary chamber configured to house the layer dispenser. In some embodiments, the layer dispenser is removably housed within the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber is configured to be coupled with a recycling system that recycles material from the layer dispenser. In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber includes a funnel portion that is configured to direct the material to the recycling system. In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber includes an opening port that is configured to direct the material to the recycling system. In some embodiments, the opening port of the ancillary chamber is within an opening port region of the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the opening port region of the ancillary chamber comprises walls that converge toward the opening port. In some embodiments, the opening port region of the ancillary chamber comprises a port flushing component that is configured to facilitate flushing the opening port region of the excess material using a flow of gas. In some embodiments, the port flushing component comprises an inlet configured to accept the flow of gas from a gas source and an outlet configured to direct the flow of gas out of the opening port region. In some embodiments, the outlet is coupled to the recycling system via at least one coupling member. In some embodiments, the port flushing component is coupled to the ancillary chamber via a connector. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises an ancillary chamber configured to direct excess material from the layer dispenser toward a recycling system. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises at least one detector that is configured to detect the excess material transported from the ancillary chamber to the recycling system. In some embodiments, the at least one detector is configured to detect an amount of the material, FLS of one or more particles of the material, a velocity of the flow of material, and/or a chemical nature of the material. In some embodiments, the at least one detector device comprises a detector that is configured to detect electromagnetic radiation or acoustic signal. In some embodiments, the at least one detector device comprises an emitter that is configured to emit the electromagnetic radiation or the acoustic signal. In some embodiments, the at least one detector device is configured to provide information related to an efficiency of one or more filters of the recycling system. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a system for forming a three-dimensional object comprising: a layer dispenser configured to dispense a material for a material bed; a platform disposed in a first side of the system, the platform configured to support the material bed, wherein the layer dispenser is configured to translate through a frame comprising an opening that facilitates passage from (e.g., and is positioned between) the first side and a second side of the system; a closure that closes the opening, wherein the closure is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser; an energy source that generates an energy beam configured to transform at least a portion of the material bed; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to one or more of the layer dispenser, the closure, and the energy source, wherein the at least one controller is programmed to direct performance operations comprising: operation (i) convey the layer dispenser through the opening from the first side to the second side, operation (ii) direct the layer dispenser to dispense the material to form the material bed, operation (iii) retract the layer dispenser from the second side to the first side, operation (iv) direct the closure to close the opening, and operation (v) direct the energy source to direct the energy beam to at least the portion of the material bed to form at least a portion of the three-dimensional object.

In another aspect, a computer software product for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, comprising a non-transitory computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: operation (a) directing a layer dispenser to convey through an opening from a first side of the opening to a second side of the opening, wherein the layer dispenser comprises an internal cavity; operation (b) directing the layer dispenser to dispense a material to form a material bed; operation (c) directing the layer dispenser to retract from the second side to the first side; operation (d) directing a closure to close the opening; and operation (e) directing an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensional object.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprising at least one controller that is programmed to perform the following operations: operation (a) convey a layer dispenser through an opening from a first side of the opening to a second side of the opening, wherein the layer dispenser comprises an internal cavity or an opening port; operation (b) direct the layer dispenser to dispense a material to form a material bed; operation (c) retract the layer dispenser from the second side to the first side; operation (d) direct a closure to close the opening; and operation (e) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form at least a portion of the three-dimensional object, wherein the controller is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser, opening, closure and the energy beam. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is a multiplicity of controllers. In some embodiments, at least two of operation (a), operation (b), operation (c), operation (d) and operation (e) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two of operation (a), operation (b), operation (c), operation (d) and operation (e) are directed by different controllers.

In another aspect, a method for generating a three-dimensional object comprising: (a) conveying a layer dispenser through an opening from a first side of the opening to a second side of the opening, wherein the first side is separated from the second side upon a closing of the opening, wherein the layer dispenser comprises an opening port or an internal cavity; (b) (optionally) retracting the layer dispenser from the second side of the opening to the first side of the opening and closing the opening; and (c) forming at least a portion of the three-dimensional object at the second side of the opening. In some embodiment, the method comprises (d) closing the opening during the 3D printing. In some embodiments, the conveying further comprises moving from a first position to a second position. In some embodiments, the first position is on the first side of the opening. In some embodiments, the second position is on the second side of the opening. In some embodiments, the first position is within an ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the second position is within a processing chamber. In some embodiments, the second position is adjacent to a platform. In some embodiments, conveying further comprises utilizing a shaft. In some embodiments, retracting further comprises utilizing a shaft. In some embodiments, the method further comprises sensing a need to dispense a layer of material. In some embodiments, the method further comprises detecting a completion of dispensing a layer of material (e.g., at the second side of the opening). In some embodiments, the closing of the opening further comprises a sliding a door. In some embodiments, the closing of the opening further comprises a rolling door. In some embodiments, the closing of the opening further comprises a moving shield. In some embodiments, the moving shield is connected to the layer dispenser. In some embodiments, the conveying further comprises exposing the opening. In some embodiments, the opening further comprises a window. In some embodiments, the opening has a minimum opening. In some embodiments, the minimum opening corresponds to an amount of exposure that is equal to a height of the layer dispenser. In some embodiments, the opening has a minimum opening. In some embodiments, the minimum opening corresponds to an amount of exposure that is equal to a FLS (e.g., width) of the layer dispenser.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprising: a frame comprising an opening that provides a passage from a first side to a second side (e.g., an opening that separates a first side and a second side upon closure); a movable layer dispenser configured to shape a material bed, wherein the layer dispenser comprises an opening port, wherein the second side is configured to support the material bed; a shaft coupled to a layer dispenser, which shaft is utilized to move the layer dispenser from the first side to the second side; a channel disposed in the shaft, which channel is configured to transit a material to or from the layer dispenser; and an energy source configured to generate an energy beam directed towards the material bed and transform at least a portion of the material bed to the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprising: a frame comprising an opening that provides a passage from a first side to a second side (e.g., an opening that separates a first side and a second side upon closure), the second side configured to accommodate a material bed; a layer dispenser configured to form the material bed, wherein the layer dispenser comprises an opening port; a shaft coupled to the layer dispenser and configured to move the layer dispenser from the first side to the second side; a bearing disposed adjacent to shaft, which bearing facilitates a movement of the shaft; an optional cleaning mechanism encircling the shaft and disposed between the layer dispenser and the bearing, wherein the cleaning mechanism is configured to clean the shaft; and an energy source configured to generate an energy beam that is directed towards the material bed and transform at least a portion of the material bed to the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a system for forming a multi layered object comprising: a frame around an opening that facilitates passage from a first side to a second side (e.g., an opening that separates a first side and a second side upon closure); a layer dispenser that forms a material bed, wherein the layer dispenser comprises a port (e.g., an opening port), wherein the second side comprises the material bed; a shaft connected to a layer dispenser, which shaft is utilized to move the layer dispenser from the first side to the second side (e.g., through the opening); a channel disposed in the shaft which channel is fluidly connected to the layer dispenser; an energy source that is configured to generate an energy beam, which energy beam transforms at least a portion of the material bed to the multi layered object; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to one or more of the layer dispenser, frame, opening, shaft, and the energy source, which at least one controller is programmed to direct performance of operations comprising: operation (i) transit a material through the channel to or from the layer dispenser; operation (ii) direct the shaft to convey the layer dispenser through the opening from a first side to the second side, operation (iii) direct the layer dispenser to dispense a material to form a material bed, operation (iv) direct the shaft to retract the layer dispenser from the second side to the first side, operation (v) close the opening, and operation (vi) direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form at least a portion of the multi layered object.

In another aspect, a system for forming a multi layered object comprising: a frame around an opening that provides a passage from a first side to a second side (e.g., that separates a first side and a second side on closure); a movable layer dispenser that forms a material bed, which layer dispenser comprises an opening port or an internal cavity, wherein the second side comprises the material bed; a shaft connected to the layer dispenser, which shaft is utilized to move the layer dispenser from the first side to the second side; a bearing disposed adjacent to the shaft, which bearing facilitates a movement of the shaft; a cleaning mechanism encircling at least a portion of the shaft and disposed between the layer dispenser and the bearing, wherein the cleaning mechanism cleans the shaft; an energy source that generates an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed to the multi layered object; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser, wherein the at least one controller is programmed to direct performance operations comprising: operation (i) direct the layer dispenser to dispense a material to form a material bed, operation (ii) direct moving the shaft to retract the layer dispenser from the second side to the first side close the opening, and operation (iii) direct the energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form at least portion of the multi layered object.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprising at least one controller that is programmed to perform operations comprising: operation (a) transit a material through a channel disposed in a shaft, to or from a layer dispenser, wherein the layer dispenser comprises an opening port or an internal cavity; operation (b) direct the shaft to convey the layer dispenser through an opening from a first side of the opening to the second side of the opening; operation (c) direct the layer dispenser to dispense a material to form a material bed; operation (d) direct the shaft to retract the layer dispenser from the second side to the first side and close the opening; and operation (e) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensional object, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to one or more of the layer dispenser, channel, shaft, opening and the energy beam. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is a multiplicity of controllers. In some embodiments, at least two of operation (a), operation (b), operation (c), operation (d), and operation (e) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two of operation (a), operation (b), operation (c), operation (d), and operation (e) are directed by different controllers.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprising at least one controller that is programmed to perform operations comprising: operation (a) direct a layer dispenser to dispense a material to form a material bed, wherein the layer dispenser comprises an internal cavity or an opening port; operation (b) direct moving a shaft to retract the layer dispenser from a second side of an opening to a first side of the opening and close the opening; operation (c) direct a cleaning mechanism encircling the shaft to clean the shaft; and operation (d) direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form at least portion of the at least one three-dimensional object, and wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to one or more of the layer dispenser, shaft, opening and the energy beam. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is a multiplicity of controllers. In some embodiments, at least two of operation (a), operation (b), operation (c), and operation (d) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two of operation (a), operation (b), operation (c), and operation (d) are directed by different controllers.

In another aspect, a computer software product for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, comprising a non-transitory computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: operation (a) direct transiting a material through a channel disposed in a shaft, to or from a layer dispenser, wherein the layer dispenser comprises an opening port; operation (b) directing the shaft to convey the layer dispenser through an opening from a first side of the opening to the second side of the opening; operation (c) directing the layer dispenser to dispense a material to form a material bed; operation (d) directing the shaft to retract the layer dispenser from the second side to the first side and close the opening; and operation (e) directing an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensional object.

In another aspect, a computer software product for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, comprising a non-transitory computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: operation (a) directing a layer dispenser to dispense a material to form a material bed, wherein the layer dispenser comprises an internal cavity; operation (b) directing moving a shaft to retract the layer dispenser from a second side of an opening to a first side of the opening and close the opening operation (c) directing a cleaning mechanism encircling the shaft to clean the shaft; and operation (d) directing an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form at least portion of the at least one three-dimensional object.

In another aspect, a method for generating a three-dimensional object comprising: (a) transiting a material through a channel disposed in a shaft that is coupled to a layer dispenser, which transiting is to or from the layer dispenser, which layer dispenser comprises an opening port; and (b) utilizing the shaft to move the layer dispenser, which layer dispenser forms a material bed for generating the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the channel further comprises an internal portion. In some embodiments, the channel further comprises an external portion. In some embodiments, the internal portion of the channel is disposed within the shaft. In some embodiments, the external portion of the channel is disposed external to the shaft. In some embodiments, the material is gas. In some embodiments, the gas has a pressure that is different from ambient pressure. In some embodiments, the different is above. In some embodiments, the different is below. In some embodiments, the material is a powder material. In some embodiments, the method further comprises receiving the material from a bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the method further comprises transiting gas through the channel. In some embodiments, the utilizing the shaft further comprises using an actuator coupled to the shaft to move the shaft.

In another aspect, a method for generating a three-dimensional object comprises: (a) moving a shaft comprising a bearing, which shaft is operatively coupled to a layer dispenser that comprises an opening port, which layer dispenser forms a material bed for generating the three-dimensional object; and (b) cleaning the shaft of debris using a cleaning mechanism encircling the shaft. In some embodiments, the bearing is a mechanical bearing. In some embodiments, the bearing is a gas bearing. In some embodiments, the bearing is an element that facilitates directional motion of the shaft. In some embodiments, the bearing is charged with at least one compressed gas. In some embodiments, the at least one compressed gas is inert. In some embodiments, the bearing blows the at least one compressed gas to the shaft. In some embodiments, the bearing is disposed adjacent to the shaft. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism encircles the shaft. In some embodiments, the bearing comprises balls that contact the shaft at one or more points. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism is disposed laterally between the layer dispenser and the shaft. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism is passive. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism is active. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism contacts the shaft. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism contacting the shaft seals the shaft from the debris. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism contacting the shaft comprises using a bellow. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism is integrated in the bearing. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism is separate from the bearing. In some embodiments, the debris comprises soot. In some embodiments, the debris comprises pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the debris comprises powder. In some embodiments, the moving the shaft comprises retracting the shaft from a second side of an opening to a first side of the opening. In some embodiments, the retracting further comprises depositing debris on the first side of the opening. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism further comprises blowing gas. In some embodiments, the blowing is continuous. In some embodiments, the blowing is continuous during a three-dimensional printing operation. In some embodiments, the blowing comprises blowing using variable gas pressure. In some embodiments, the blowing using variable gas pressure is during a three-dimensional printing operation. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism further comprises transiting compressed gas. In some embodiments, the cleaning mechanism is disposed in a first position and the bearing is disposed in a second position that is farther from the layer dispenser as compared to the first position.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprising at least one controller that is collectively or separately programmed to perform operations comprising: operation (a) direct a layer dispenser to translate in a trajectory above a platform to form a material bed, which layer dispenser comprises an exit opening through which a pre-transformed material exits to form the material bed, which translate comprises: (i) direct moving a shaft that is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser to facilitate the translation of the layer dispenser, which shaft translates through a hole in a partition; (ii) direct reducing the amount of pre-transformed material that migrates through the hole; and operation (b) direct generating of at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensional object from at least a portion of the material bed. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is operatively coupled to an energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least a portion of the three-dimensional object.

In another aspect, a computer software product for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, comprising a non-transitory computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: operation (a) directing a layer dispenser to translate in a trajectory above a platform to form a material bed, which layer dispenser comprises an exit opening through which a pre-transformed material exits to form the material bed, which translate comprises: (i) directing moving a shaft that is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser to facilitate the translation of the layer dispenser, which shaft translates through an opening in a partition; (ii) directing reducing an amount of pre-transformed material that migrates through the opening; and operation (b) directing generating at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensional object from at least a portion of the material bed. In some embodiments, the computer software where the operations further comprise directing an energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least a portion of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the energy beam is operatively coupled to the material bed.

In another aspect, a method for generating a three-dimensional object, comprising: (a) translating a layer dispenser in a trajectory adjacent to (e.g., above) a platform to form a material bed, which layer dispenser comprises an exit opening through which a pre-transformed material exits to form the material bed, which translating comprising: (i) moving a shaft that is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser to facilitate translation of the layer dispenser, which shaft translates through an opening in a partition; (ii) reducing an amount of pre-transformed material that migrates through the opening; and (b) generating at least a portion of the three-dimensional object from at least a portion of the material bed. In some embodiments, the method further comprises using a seal to reduce the amount of pre-transformed material that migrates through the partition. In some embodiments, the seal comprises a bellow, a bearing, or an air flow. In some embodiments, the moving the shaft comprises using an actuator. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a drive mechanism. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a linear motor. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a timing belt. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a lead screw. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a rack and a pinion. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a mechanism that exhibits linear motion. In some embodiments, the method further comprises vibrating at least one component of the layer dispenser during the translating. In some embodiments, the translation is through an obstruction that reversibly opens. In some embodiments, the obstruction comprises a sliding mechanism. In some embodiments, the obstruction comprises a flap door. In some embodiments, the obstruction comprises a plurality of flap doors. In some embodiments, the vibrating is performed during a first portion of a translation cycle that includes translating the layer dispenser from a first end of the material bed to a second end of the material bed that opposes the first end. In some embodiments, the vibrating is performed for a section of the first portion of the translation cycle. In some embodiments, the vibrating comprises moving back and forth along a trajectory. In some embodiments, the movement cycle comprises the moving back and forth. In some embodiments, the movement cycle repeats at least twice during the vibrating. In some embodiments, the vibrating comprises moving and stopping along a trajectory. In some embodiments, the movement cycle comprises the moving stopping. In some embodiments, the movement cycle repeats at least twice during the vibrating. In some embodiments, the vibrating comprises a moving while varying a velocity of the moving along a trajectory. In some embodiments, the movement cycle comprises the varying the velocity. In some embodiments, the movement cycle repeats at least twice during the vibrating. In some embodiments, the vibrating comprises a moving while varying an acceleration of the moving along a trajectory. In some embodiments, the movement cycle comprises the varying the acceleration. In some embodiments, the movement cycle repeats at least twice during the vibrating. In some embodiments, the vibrating comprises a moving while varying an acceleration of the moving along a trajectory. In some embodiments, the vibrating comprises a stuttered movement along a trajectory. In some embodiments, the translation cycle comprises a second portion which comprises translating the layer dispenser from the second end of the material bed to the first end of the material bed.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, comprising: a platform configured to accommodate a material bed comprising a pre-transformed material; a layer dispenser (e.g., layer dispensing mechanism) that is configured to translate in a trajectory above the platform to dispense the pre-transformed material to form the material bed, which layer dispenser comprises an exit opening port; a partition comprising a hole, which partition is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser; a shaft operatively coupled to the partition, which shaft is configured to travel through the hole; and a seal disposed adjacent to or in the hole, which seal is operatively coupled to the shaft, which seal is configured to reduce an amount of pre-transformed material that travels from one side of the hole to a second side of the hole that opposes the one side of the hole. In some embodiments, the seal engulfs a cross section of the shaft. In some embodiments, the hole has a gas leak rate of at most about 0.01 liters per minute. In some embodiments, the seal is expandable on translation of the shaft. In some embodiments, the seal is contractible on translation of the shaft. In some embodiments, the seal comprises a bellow. In some embodiments, the bellow is operative for at least one million cycles. In some embodiments, the bellow is operative for at least one million cycles while keeping a gas leak rate of at most about 0.01 liters per minute. In some embodiments, the bellow is operative at a pressure of 0.5 PSI above an atmospheric pressure. In some embodiments, the bellow extends to an end of the shaft. In some embodiments, the end of the shaft opposes the layer dispenser. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a system for forming at least one three-dimensional object, comprising: a platform configured to accommodate a material bed comprising a pre-transformed material; a layer dispenser that is configured to translates in a trajectory adjacent to (e.g., above) the platform to form the material bed, which layer dispenser comprises an exit opening port; a partition comprising a hole, which partition is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser; a shaft operatively, coupled to the partition, which shaft is configured to travel through the hole; a seal disposed adjacent to the hole, which seal is operatively coupled to the shaft, which seal is configured to reduce an amount of pre-transformed material that travels from one side of the hole to a second side of the hole that opposes the one side; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser, and the shaft, which at least one controller is programmed to direct performance of operations comprising: operation (i) direct moving the shaft to move in at least a first direction; operation (ii) direct the layer dispenser to dispense the pre-transformed material to form the material bed, and operation (iii) direct generating at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensional object from at least a portion of the material bed. In some embodiments, the shaft is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser. In some embodiments, the system further comprises an energy source that is configured to generate an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed to form the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least a portion of the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least two of operations (i), (ii) and (iii) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is a plurality of controllers. In some embodiments, the at least two of operations (i), (ii) and (iii) are directed by different controllers.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprises: an enclosure configured to accommodate a platform (e.g., and a material bed comprising a pre-transformed material); a layer dispenser comprising at least one component configured to perform one or more operations comprising (i) provide the pre-transformed material towards the platform (e.g., to form the material bed), or (ii) planarize an exposed surface of a material bed that comprises the pre-transformed material, which at least one component of the layer dispenser is operatively coupled to the platform (e.g., and/or to the material bed); and at least one actuator operatively coupled to the at least one component (e.g., and to the layer dispenser), which at least one actuator is configured to stutter (e.g., vibrate) the at least one component by moving the at least one component (e.g., and the layer dispenser) in a repetitive cycle along a trajectory to facilitate an operation of the at least one component (e.g., facilitate formation of the material bed), and wherein the at least one component (e.g., and layer dispenser) progresses in a direction along the trajectory. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises an energy source configured to generate an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed to form at least a section of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the layer dispenser comprises an opening. In some embodiments, the at least one component comprises a material dispenser. In some embodiments, the repetitive cycle comprises at least two repetitions of a movement mode. In some embodiments, the movement mode comprises (I) a varying acceleration (II) a varying velocity, (III) a varying direction of the moving, or (IV) moving and halting. In some embodiments, the varying direction of the moving is along the trajectory. In some embodiments, the varying direction of the moving comprises a back and forth movement along the trajectory. In some embodiments, the layer dispenser comprises an exit opening port through which the pre-transformed material exits towards the platform (e.g., to form the material bed). In some embodiments, the at least one component comprises a leveler. In some embodiments, the leveler comprises a blade. In some embodiments, a shaft is operatively coupled to the actuator and the at least one component, which shaft facilitates translation of the layer dispenser. In some embodiments, the layer dispenser is configured to progress in a direction. In some embodiments, the at least one component of the layer dispenser comprises a bottom portion that is configured to retain the pre-transformed material therein (e.g., in the at least one component). In some embodiments, the bottom portion comprises a lip that projects therefrom. In some embodiments, the lip at least partially defines an opening through which the pre-transformed material is configured to exit the layer dispenser. In some embodiments, the at least one actuator is configured to vibrate such that pre-transformed material exits the opening upon vibrating. In some embodiments, the vibrating causes the at least one component of the layer dispenser to start and stop multiple times. In some embodiments, vibrate the at least one component it configured to facilitate formation of a planar exposed surface that deviates from average planarity by at most 200 micrometers, 20 micrometers, or 5 micrometers. In some embodiments, the at least one component comprises a material dispenser, and wherein the vibrate the at least one component it configured to facilitate a uniformity of at most about 20%, which uniformity percentage is calculated as a percentage of (i) dividing a deviation of a volume of pre-transformed material per unit area dispensed by the material dispenser, over (ii) an average volume per unit area that is dispensed by the material dispenser. In some embodiments, vibrating the at least one component it configured to facilitate a planar exposed surface having a standard deviation of a thickness of at most 250 micrometers. In some embodiments, the at least one component is a material dispenser. In some embodiments, the vibrating the at least one component it configured to facilitate a planar exposed surface having a standard deviation of a thickness of at most 50 micrometers. In some embodiments, the at least one component is a leveler. In some embodiments, configured to facilitate comprises using deposition. In some embodiments, configured to facilitate comprises using planarization. In some embodiments, the at least one component is devoid of moving parts (e.g., that move during the operation of the at least one component, and/or during the printing). In some embodiments, the at least one component is configured to facilitate homogenous distribution of the pre-transformed material above the platform (e.g., during its operation, e.g., during a cycle of material dispersion above the platform). In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a linear encoder or a linear actuator, wherein the at least one component is operatively coupled to the linear encoder and/or a linear actuator, and wherein the linear encoder or a linear actuator are configured to facilitate translation of the at least one component. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., layer dispenser) is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a system for forming at least one three-dimensional object comprises: an enclosure configured to accommodate a platform (e.g., and a material bed comprising a pre-transformed material); at least one component of a layer dispenser configured to perform one or more operations comprising (I) provide the pre-transformed material (e.g., to form the material bed), or (II) planarize an exposed surface of a material bed comprising the pre-transformed material, which layer dispenser is operatively coupled to the platform (e.g., and/or to the material bed); an actuator operatively coupled to the (e.g., and to the layer dispenser), which actuator is configured to translate the at least one component in a forward and backward direction along a trajectory; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser, which at least one controller is programmed to perform operations comprising: operation (i) direct the at least one component (e.g., and the layer dispenser) to (a) provide the pre-transformed material (e.g., to form the material bed), and/or (b) planarize an exposed surface of a material bed comprising the pre-transformed material, (ii) direct the actuator to translate the at least one component along a trajectory to vibrate the at least one component by moving it in a repetitive cycle, and (iii) direct generating at least a section of the three-dimensional object from the pre-transformed material (e.g., from at least a portion of the material bed). In some embodiments, the system further comprises an energy source that is configured to generate an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed to form the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least a portion of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the repetitive cycle comprises at least two repetitions of a movement mode. In some embodiments, the movement mode comprises (I) a varying acceleration (II) a varying velocity, (III) a varying direction of the moving, or (IV) moving and halting. In some embodiments, the varying direction of the moving is along the trajectory. In some embodiments, the varying direction of the moving comprises a back and forth movement along the trajectory. In some embodiments, the at least two of (i), (ii), and (iii) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is a plurality of controllers. In some embodiments, the at least two of (i), (ii), and (iii) are directed by different controllers. In some embodiments, using the at least one component facilitates forming a planar exposed surface that deviates from average planarity by at most about 200 micrometers, 20 micrometers, or 5 micrometers. In some embodiments, using the at least one component facilitates homogenous distribution of the pre-transformed material above the platform (e.g., during operation of a material dispenser). In some embodiments, the at least one component comprises a material dispenser, a leveler, or a material remover.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprising at least one controller that is programmed to perform operations comprising: operation (a) direct at least one component of a layer dispenser to (i) provide the pre-transformed material towards the platform (e.g., to form a material bed), and/or (ii) planarize an exposed surface of a material bed that comprises the pre-transformed material; operation (b) direct vibrating the at least one component by moving it in a repetitive cycle along a trajectory (wherein layer dispenser progresses in a direction along the trajectory); and operation (c) direct generating at least a section of the three-dimensional object from the pre-transformed material (e.g., from at least a portion of the material bed). In some embodiments, the at least two of operation (a), operation (b), and operation (c) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is a plurality of controllers. In some embodiments, at least two of operation (a), operation (b), and operation (c) are directed by different controllers. In some embodiments, the repetitive cycle comprises at least two repetitions of a movement mode. In some embodiments, the movement mode comprises (I) a varying acceleration (II) a varying velocity, (III) a varying direction of the moving, or (IV) moving and halting. In some embodiments, the varying direction of the moving is along the trajectory. In some embodiments, the varying direction of the moving comprises a back and forth movement along the trajectory. In some embodiments, using the at least one component facilitates forming a planar exposed surface that deviates from average planarity by at most about 200 micrometers, 20 micrometers, or 5 micrometers. In some embodiments, using the at least one component facilitates homogenous distribution of the pre-transformed material above the platform (e.g., during operation of a material dispenser). In some embodiments, the at least one component comprises a material dispenser, a leveler, or a material remover.

In another aspect, a computer software product for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, comprising a non-transitory computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: operation (a) directing using at least one component of a layer dispenser to provide a pre-transformed material towards a platform (e.g., to form a material bed); operation (b) directing translation of the at least one component to vibrate along a trajectory by moving it in a repetitive cycle, wherein layer dispenser progresses in a direction along the trajectory; and operation (c) directing generation of at least a portion of the three-dimensional object from the pre-transformed material (e.g., from at least a portion of the material bed).

In another aspect, a method for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprises: (a) using at least one component of a layer dispenser to (i) provide the pre-transformed material towards the platform, and/or (ii) planarize an exposed surface of a material bed that comprises the pre-transformed material; (b) vibrating the at least one component by moving it in a repetitive cycle along a trajectory; and (c) generating at least a section of the three-dimensional object from the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the repetitive cycle comprises at least two repetitions of a movement mode. In some embodiments, the movement mode comprises (I) a varying acceleration (II) a varying velocity, (III) a varying direction of the moving, or (IV) moving and halting. In some embodiments, the varying direction of the moving is along the trajectory. In some embodiments, the varying direction of the moving comprises a back-and-forth movement along the trajectory. In some embodiments, the layer dispenser progresses in a direction along the trajectory. In some embodiments, the repetitive cycle comprises at least two repetitions of a movement mode. In some embodiments, using the at least one component facilitates formation of a planar exposed surface that deviates from average planarity by at most about 200 micrometers, 20 micrometers, or 5 micrometers. In some embodiments, using the at least one component facilitates homogenous distribution of the pre-transformed material above the platform (e.g., during operation of the material dispenser). In some embodiments, the at least one component comprises a material dispenser, and wherein vibrating the at least one component facilitates a uniformity of at most about 20%, which uniformity percentage is calculated as a percentage of (i) dividing a deviation of a volume of pre-transformed material per unit area dispensed by the material dispenser, over (ii) an average volume per unit area that is dispensed by the material dispenser. In some embodiments, vibrating the at least one component it facilitates a planar exposed surface having a standard deviation of a thickness of at most 250 micrometers. In some embodiments, the at least one component is a material dispenser. In some embodiments, vibrating the at least one component it facilitates a planar exposed surface having a standard deviation of a thickness of at most 50 micrometers. In some embodiments, the at least one component is a leveler.

In another aspect, a method for generating a three-dimensional object comprises: (a) aligning at least a portion of a first opening end of a channel with at least a portion of an exit opening of a bulk reservoir comprising a pre-transformed material; (b) aligning at least a portion of a second opening end of the channel with at least a portion of an entry opening of a material dispenser, which channel facilitates flow of the pre-transformed material towards the material dispenser; (c) conveying the pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser through the channel; and (d) dispensing a portion of the pre-transformed material from the material dispenser to form at least a portion of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the method further comprises irradiating a portion of the material bed with an energy beam to form at least a section of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, facilitates flow comprises being slanted with respect to a planar exposed surface of the material bed, a platform on which the material bed rests, and/or a normal to the gravitational field vector. In some embodiments, facilitates flow comprises having an internal surface that has a reduced friction with the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the reduced friction comprises a polished, a non-attractive, or a repulsive surface. In some embodiments, the non-attractive or repulsive is relative to the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, facilitates flow comprises expands towards the material dispenser. In some embodiments, expands comprises expands in volume. In some embodiments, the channel is a perforation in a plate. In some embodiments, the channel is a lateral gap between two or more plates. In some embodiments, the channel comprises a uniform shape. In some embodiments, the channel comprises a non-uniform shape. In some embodiments, the conveying continues until the channel becomes congested with pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the channel comprises at least two diverging surfaces. In some embodiments, the channel comprises at least two parallel surfaces. In some embodiments, a first cross-section of the first opening end of the channel is different than a second cross-section of the second opening end of the channel. In some embodiments, the first cross section is smaller than the second cross section. In some embodiments, the first cross section and/or the second cross section is a horizontal cross section. In some embodiments, conveying the pre-transformed material forms a mound of the pre-transformed material in the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the at least one void is formed adjacent to the mound of material in the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the void is free of pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the void is formed according to an angle of repose of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the method further comprises translating the channel to at least partially align with the at least one void to empty the channel. In some embodiments, the method further comprises translating the channel to at least partially align with the at least one void. In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material congested in the channel at least partially fills up the at least one void. In some embodiments, the translating facilitates closure of the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, during the dispensing, the channel is empty of pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, a wall of the channel facilitates flow of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the wall of the channel is coated with a polished material. In some embodiments, the plate translates to a third position. In some embodiments, the third position facilitates closure of an exit opening of a bulk reservoir and closure of an entrance opening of a material dispensing mechanism. In some embodiments, the second position of the plate facilitates closure of an exit opening of a bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the method further comprises moving the channel to form the aligning in operation (a) and/or in operation (b). In some embodiments, the moving comprises moving a perforated plate. In some embodiments, the channel comprises a perforation in the perforated plate. In some embodiments, the moving comprises moving a plurality of plates. In some embodiments, the channel comprises a lateral gap between at least two of the plurality of plates.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprises: a channel comprising a first opening end and a second opening end, the channel configured to convey a pre-transformed material from the first opening end to the second opening end, which channel facilitates flow of the pre-transformed material from the first opening end to the second opening end, wherein the first opening end opposes the second opening end; a material dispenser that is configured to dispense the pre-transformed material to form a material bed, which material dispenser comprises an entry opening, wherein a portion of the entry opening is configured to at least partially align with a portion of the second opening end of the channel to facilitate flow of the pre-transformed material from the channel to the material dispenser, wherein the material dispenser is operatively coupled to the channel; and a bulk reservoir comprising an exit opening, which bulk reservoir comprises the pre-transformed material, wherein a portion of the exit opening is configured to at least partially align with a portion of the first opening end of the channel to facilitate flow of the pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the channel, which bulk reservoir is operatively coupled to the channel. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises an energy source configured to generate an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed to form at least a section of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the energy beam is operatively coupled to the material bed. In some embodiments, the channel facilitates flow of pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the material dispenser dispenses a portion of the pre-transformed material to form a material bed. In some embodiments, the material dispenser is included in a layer dispensing mechanism. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a system for forming at least one three-dimensional object comprises: an enclosure configured to accommodate a material bed comprising a pre-transformed material; a material dispenser that is configured to translate and dispense the pre-transformed material to form the material bed, which material dispenser comprises an entry opening, wherein the material dispenser is operatively coupled to the enclosure; a channel comprising a first opening end and a second opening end that opposes the first opening end, which channel is operatively coupled to the material dispenser; a bulk reservoir comprising an exit opening, which bulk reservoir is configured to accommodate the pre-transformed material, which bulk reservoir is operatively coupled to the channel; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the layer dispenser, which at least one controller is programmed to direct performance of the following operations: operation (i) direct aligning at least a portion of the first opening end of the channel with at least a portion of the exit opening of the bulk reservoir to facilitate flow of the pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the channel, (ii) direct aligning at least a portion of the second opening end of the channel with at least a portion of the entry opening of the material dispenser to facilitate flow of the pre-transformed material from the channel to the material dispenser, and (iii) direct dispensing a portion of the pre-transformed material from the material dispenser to facilitate formation of at least a portion of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the system further comprises an energy source that is configured to generate an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the material bed to form the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least a portion of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least two of operations (i), (ii), and (iii) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is a plurality of controllers. In some embodiments, the at least two (e.g., two or more) of operations (i), (ii), and (iii) are directed by different controllers.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to perform the following operations: operation (a) direct aligning at least a portion of a first opening end of a channel with at least a portion of an exit opening of a bulk reservoir to facilitate flow of a pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the channel, wherein the channel and the bulk reservoir are operatively coupled to the controller; operation (b) direct aligning at least a portion of a second opening end of the channel with at least apportion of an entry opening of a material dispenser to facilitate flow of the pre-transformed material from the channel to the material dispenser, wherein the second opening end of the channel opposes the first opening end of the channel, wherein the material dispenser is operatively coupled to the controller; and operation (c) direct dispensing a portion of the pre-transformed material from the material dispenser to facilitate the printing of at least a section of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programed to direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least a section of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the energy beam is operatively coupled to the controller. In some embodiments, the controller is operatively coupled to the material bed. In some embodiments, the at least two of operation (a), operation (b), and operation (c) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is a plurality of controllers. In some embodiments, the at least two of operation (a), operation (b), and operation (c) are directed by different controllers.

In another aspect, a computer software product for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: operation (a) directing aligning of at least a portion of a first opening end of a channel with at least a portion of an exit opening of a bulk reservoir comprising a pre-transformed material to facilitate flow of a pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the channel; operation (b) directing aligning of at least a portion of a second opening end of the channel with at least apportion of an entry opening of a material dispenser to facilitate flow of the pre-transformed material from the channel to the material dispenser; operation (c) directing dispensing of a portion of the pre-transformed material from the material dispenser to print at least a section of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, to print at least a section of the three-dimensional object comprises directing an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least a section of the three-dimensional object. In another aspect, a method for generating a three-dimensional object comprises: (a) forming a channel adjacent to a material dispenser, which channel has a first opening at a first channel end and a second opening at a second channel end, which channel is configured to facilitate conveyance of a pre-transformed material; (b) conveying the pre-transformed material to the material dispenser through the channel; (c) disrupting the channel; and (d) dispensing a portion of the pre-transformed material from the material dispenser to form at least a portion of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the method further comprises forming the channel from a bulk reservoir to the material dispenser. In some embodiments, from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser comprises from an exit opening of the bulk reservoir to an entrance opening of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, conveying the pre-transformed material is from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser through the channel. In some embodiments, the method further comprises irradiating a portion of the pre-transformed material with an energy beam to form the at least the portion of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the channel at least in part operatively couples to (e.g., merges with) an entrance opening of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the channel is a continuation of the entrance opening of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the disrupting the channel comprises eliminating the channel. In some embodiments, the disrupting the channel comprises moving the channel. In some embodiments, the disrupting the channel comprises altering an internal volume and/or shape of the channel. In some embodiments, the method further comprises shutting the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the method further comprises translating the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the disrupting the channel is during and/or after translating the material dispenser. In some embodiments, translating the material dispenser is coordinated with shutting of the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, translating the material dispenser is while shutting of the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, disrupting the channel is during and/or after shutting the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, conveying the pre-transformed material is during and/or after disrupting the channel. In some embodiments, conveying the pre-transformed material relates to (e.g., causes, or results in) disruption of the channel in (c). In some embodiments, the bulk reservoir is stationary during the dispensing. In some embodiments, the method further comprising translating the material dispenser during the dispensing. In some embodiments, translating comprises laterally translating. In some embodiments, the method further comprises aligning at least a portion of the first opening of the channel with at least a portion of the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the method further comprises aligning at least a portion of the second opening of the channel with at least a portion of an entry opening of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, forming the channel comprises translating a plate that comprises one side of the channel. In some embodiments, translating the plate comprises laterally translating the plate. In some embodiments, translating the plate is towards the material dispenser. In some embodiments, translating the plate is towards a side of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, translating the plate is towards an entrance opening of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, a second side of the channel comprises at least a portion of the entrance opening of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the method further comprises aligning at least a portion of the second opening of the second channel end with at least a portion of an entry opening of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the aligning is before the conveying. In some embodiments, facilitate the flow of the pre-transformed material comprises being slanted with respect to (i) a planar exposed surface of the material bed, (ii) a platform on which the material bed rests, and/or (iii) a normal to the gravitational field vector. In some embodiments, facilitate the flow comprises having an internal surface that has a reduced friction with the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the reduced friction comprises a polished, a non-attractive, or a repulsive surface. In some embodiments, the non-attractive or repulsive is relative to the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, facilitate the flow comprises and expands towards the material dispenser. In some embodiments, expands comprises expands in volume. In some embodiments, the method further comprises shutting the exit opening of the bulk reservoir upon disengagement of the first opening of the channel from the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the shutting is with at least a portion of the plate. In some embodiments, the channel comprises a uniform shape. In some embodiments, the channel comprises a non-uniform shape. In some embodiments, the conveying continues until the channel becomes clogged with pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the channel comprises at least two diverging surfaces. In some embodiments, the channel has no rotational symmetry axis (e.g. that comprises its entry and exit). In some embodiments, the channel comprises at least two parallel surfaces. In some embodiments, a first cross-section of the first opening of the first channel end is different than a second cross-section of the second opening of the second channel end. In some embodiments, the first cross section is smaller than the second cross section. In some embodiments, the first cross section and/or the second cross section is a horizontal cross section. In some embodiments, conveying the pre-transformed material comprises forming a mound of the pre-transformed material in the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the method further comprises forming at least one void adjacent to the mound of material in the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the void is free of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the void is formed according to an angle of repose of the pre-transformed material. In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprises: a material dispenser that is configured to dispense the pre-transformed material to form a material bed, which material dispenser has a side comprising an entrance opening; and a plate configured to translate with respect to the material dispenser, which plate comprises a plate opening that is configured to at least partially align to form a channel that facilitates a flow of the pre-transformed material to the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a bulk reservoir comprising an exit opening. In some embodiments, the bulk reservoir is configured to enclose a pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the plate is configured to translate with respect to the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the plate opening is configured to at least partially align with the exit opening of the bulk reservoir to form a channel that facilitates a flow of the pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser. In some embodiments, further comprising at least one auxiliary member adjacent the bulk reservoir that is configured to close the exit opening of the bulk reservoir or the entrance opening of the material dispenser upon movement of the at least one auxiliary member with respect to the plate. In some embodiments, the entrance opening is defined by a wall of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the at least a portion of an internal surface of the wall is configured to facilitate flow of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the internal surface of is coated with a polished material. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the internal surface is polished. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the internal surface has a Ra (arithmetic average of the roughness profile) value of at most 50 micrometers (μm), 10 μm, 5 μm, or 1 μm. In some embodiments, the plate is configured to disrupt the channel upon movement of the plate with respect to the bulk reservoir and/or the material dispenser. In some embodiments, disrupting the channel comprises disrupting a position, a cross sectional shape, a cross sectional area, a volume, and/or an existence of the channel. In some embodiments, the channel facilitates the flow of the pre-transformed material from a first end of the plate opening to a second end of the plate opening. In some embodiments, the first end opposes the second end. In some embodiments, the first end of the plate opening and at least part of the exit opening of the bulk reservoir form at least part of the channel. In some embodiments, the second end of the plate opening and at least part of the entrance opening of the material dispenser form at least part of the channel. In some embodiments, a first cross-section of the first end of the plate opening is different than a second cross-section of the second end of the plate opening. In some embodiments, the first cross section is smaller than the second cross section. In some embodiments, the first cross section and/or the second cross section is a horizontal cross section. In some embodiments, the plate includes a first portion and a second portion. In some embodiments, the first or second portion is configured to close the exit opening of the bulk reservoir when the plate opening is not at least partially aligned with the exit and entrance openings. In some embodiments, the side is configured not to (a) face an exposed surface of the material bed or (b) face away from the exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the side is configured to be normal to an exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the side is configured to be non-parallel to an exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the channel comprises a uniform shape. In some embodiments, the channel comprises a non-uniform shape. In some embodiments, the channel is at least partially defined by at least two diverging surfaces. In some embodiments, the channel has no rotational symmetry axis (e.g. that comprises its entry and exit). In some embodiments, the channel is at least partially defined by at least two parallel surfaces. In some embodiments, the at least one wall of the channel facilitates flow of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the at least one wall of the channel is coated with a polished material. In some embodiments, the at least one wall of the channel is polished. In some embodiments, the at least one wall of the channel has a Ra value of at most 50 micrometers (μm), 10 μm, 5 μm, or 1 μm. In some embodiments, the first or second portion is at least partially supported by a support member adjacent the material dispenser. In some embodiments, an internal surface of the angled slot is coated with a polished material. In some embodiments, an internal surface of the angled slot is polished. In some embodiments, an internal surface of the angled slot has a Ra value of at most 50 micrometers (μm), 10 μm, 5 μm, or 1 μm. In some embodiments, the at least one wall and/or internal surface has a Ra value of a smooth surface as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises an energy source configured to generate an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the pre-transformed material to form at least a section of the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, each of the exit and entrance openings have a slot shape. In some embodiments, the entrance and exit openings have the same cross-section shape. In some embodiments, the plate opening is an angled slot. In some embodiments, the plate is fixedly coupled with the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the plate and the material dispenser are translatable with respect to the bulk reservoir.

In another aspect, a system for forming at least one three-dimensional object comprises: a material dispenser that is configured to dispense the pre-transformed material to form the at least one three-dimensional object, which material dispenser has a side comprising an entrance opening; a plate configured to translate with respect to the material dispenser, which plate comprises a plate opening that is configured to at least partially align with the exit and entrance openings to form a channel that facilitates a flow of the pre-transformed material to the material dispenser; and at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the plate, which the at least one controller is collectively or individually programmed to direct the following operations: operation (a) moving the plate to form a channel to the material dispenser to facilitate conveying the pre-transformed material to the material dispenser through the channel; and operation (b) moving the plate to disrupt the channel. In some embodiments, the system further comprises a bulk reservoir comprising an exit opening, which bulk reservoir is configured to enclose a pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the plate is configured to translate with respect to the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the plate opening that is configured to at least partially align with the exit and entrance openings to form a channel that facilitates a flow of the pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser. In some embodiments, moving the plate to form a channel is from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser to facilitate conveying the pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser through the channel. In some embodiments, the system further comprises an energy source that is configured to generate an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the pre-transformed material to form the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the energy beam and is programmed to direct the energy beam to transform the at least a portion of the pre-transformed material to form the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to direct dispensing a portion of the pre-transformed material from the material dispenser to form at least the portion of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is further programmed to direct shutting the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, shutting the exit opening of the bulk reservoir comprises moving the plate. In some embodiments, shutting the exit opening of the bulk reservoir is during and/or after (b). In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to direct (e.g., laterally) translating the material dispenser. In some embodiments, translating the material dispenser is coordinated with moving the plate. In some embodiments, the system further comprises a sensor configured to sense the position of the plate. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to direct moving the plate in accordance with a current and/or a requested position of the plate considering an input from the sensor. In some embodiments, the at least two of the operations are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, the at least two of the operations are directed by the different controllers. In some embodiments, moving the movable plate in operation (a) comprises moving the material dispenser with the plate with respect to the bulk reservoir.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprises at least one controller that is collectively or individually programmed to perform the following operations: operation (a) moving a plate that includes a plate opening to form a channel that facilitates conveyance of a pre-transformed material to an entrance opening (e.g., on a side of) a material dispenser, which the at least one three-dimensional object is printed from the pre-transformed material; and operation (b) moving the plate to disrupt the channel. In some embodiments, moving the plate comprises laterally moving the plate. In some embodiments, moving the plate is between a material dispenser and a bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the plate opening at least partially forms the channel that facilitates conveyance of a pre-transformed material from an exit opening of the bulk reservoir to the entrance opening of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, moving the plate comprises laterally moving the plate. In some embodiments, moving the plate comprises at least partially aligning the plate opening with respect to the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the pre-transformed material to form the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to direct dispensing a portion of the pre-transformed material from the material dispenser to form at least a layer of a material bed. In some embodiments, the dispensing is during and/or after operation (b). In some embodiments, moving the plate is coordinated with moving the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is further programmed to direct shutting the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, shutting the exit opening of the bulk reservoir comprises translating the plate. In some embodiments, shutting the exit opening of the bulk reservoir is during and/or after operation (b). In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to direct moving the plate in accordance with a current and/or a requested position of the plate (e.g., considering an input from a sensor). In some embodiments, (b) comprises occluding the exit opening of the bulk reservoir using the plate. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programed to direct an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the energy beam is operatively coupled to the controller. In some embodiments, the operations (a) and (b) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, the operations (a) and (b) are directed by the different controllers.

In another aspect, a computer software product for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprises a non-transitory computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to perform operations comprising: operation (a) moving a plate towards a material dispenser, wherein the plate includes a plate opening that forms a channel that facilitates conveyance of a pre-transformed material to an entrance opening (e.g., on a side of) the material dispenser, which the at least one three-dimensional object is printed from the pre-transformed material; and operation (b) moving the plate to disrupt the channel. In some embodiments, moving the plate is between the material dispenser and a bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the plate opening forms a channel that facilitates conveyance of a pre-transformed material from an exit opening of the bulk reservoir to an entrance opening of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable medium/media causes a computer to direct operations (a) and (b). In some embodiments, the program instructions causes a first computer to direct operation (a), and a second computer to direct operation (b). In some embodiments, the program instructions causes a first computer to direct operation (a), and a second computer to direct operation (b). In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable media comprise a first non-transitory computer-readable medium and a second non-transitory computer-readable medium. In some embodiments, the first non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a computer to direct operation (a), and the second non-transitory computer-readable medium causes the computer to direct operation (b). In some embodiments, a first non-transitory computer-readable medium cause a first computer to direct operation (a), and a second non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a second computer to direct operation (b).

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, the apparatus comprises: a processing chamber configured to enclose the at least one three-dimensional object; a mechanism configured to perform at least one operation in the processing chamber (e.g., during the printing); and an ancillary chamber configured to house the mechanism, wherein the mechanism is configured to translate between the processing chamber and the ancillary chamber through an opening (e.g., during the printing). In some embodiments, the mechanism configured to (i) perform at least one operation in the processing chamber during the printing, and/or (ii) translate between the processing chamber and the ancillary chamber through the opening, during at least part of the printing process. In some embodiments, during at least part of the printing process comprises when the at least one three-dimensional object is not being formed. In some embodiments, during at least part of the printing process comprises when an energy beam is not printing the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, during at least part of the printing process comprises when an energy beam is not operational in printing the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, during at least part of the printing process comprises when an energy beam is not transforming a pre-transformed material to a transformed material during printing of the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the mechanism is a layer forming device configured to form at least one layer of material of a material bed. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises an opening or a blade. In some embodiments, the mechanism is a dispenser that is configured to dispense a pre-transformed material to form the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured to enclose the at least one three-dimensional object during printing of the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the mechanism is configured to translate between the processing chamber and the ancillary chamber through the opening during printing of the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber is configured to house the mechanism when the apparatus is not performing the at least one operation. In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber and the processing chamber are integrated. In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber and the processing chamber engage and/or disengage (e.g., reversibly engageable and separable). In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a closure that is configured to close the opening. In some embodiments, the closure reduces an exposure of the mechanism housed in the ancillary chamber from: a debris, a gas flow, a plasma, radiation, gas pressure, and/or a reactive agent that is present in the processing chamber. In some embodiments, the closure comprises a flapping, rolling, sliding door, or revolving door. In some embodiments, the closure is gas tight. In some embodiments, the closure is gas permeable. In some embodiments, the closure is a physical barrier. In some embodiments, the closure comprises a first closure portion of the processing chamber, and a second closure portion of the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber is configured to disengage from the processing chamber during printing of the at least one three-dimensional object (e.g., upon closure of the first closure and/or the second closure). In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber is configured to disengage from the processing chamber during printing of the at least one three-dimensional object without (e.g., substantially) disrupting the printing. In some embodiments, the printing is in a non-reactive atmosphere. In some embodiments, the printing is under positive pressure. In some embodiments, the closure is operatively coupled to the mechanism. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a platform configured to support the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a build module. In some embodiments, the platform is translatable within the build module. In some embodiments, the build module is reversibly engaged with the processing chamber. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises an energy source configured to generate an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the pre-transformed material to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a recycling system that is configured to recycle a portion of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the recycling system is configured to recycle a portion of the pre-transformed material for printing a subsequent three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber comprises an opening port that provides access for the portion of the pre-transformed material from the ancillary chamber to the recycling system. In some embodiments, the opening port is within an opening port region of the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber includes a funnel portion that is configured to direct the portion of the pre-transformed material to the opening port. In some embodiments, the funnel portion comprises one or more walls that converge toward the opening port. In some embodiments, a region comprising the opening port comprises a port flushing component that is configured to provide a flow of at least one gas that flushes the portion of the pre-transformed material through the region. In some embodiments, the port flushing component comprises an inlet configured to accept the flow of the at least one gas from a gas source into the region, and an outlet configured to direct the flow of gas out of the region. In some embodiments, the outlet is coupled to the recycling system via at least one coupling member. In some embodiments, the port flushing component is coupled to the ancillary chamber via a connector. In some embodiments, the port flushing component is directly coupled to the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises at least one detector that is configured to detect a portion of pre-transformed material transported from the ancillary chamber to a recycling system. In some embodiments, the at least one detector is configured to detect an amount of the portion of the pre-transformed material, sizes of particles of the portion of the pre-transformed material, a velocity of the flow of the portion of the pre-transformed material, and/or a chemical nature of the portion of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the at least one detector is configured to detect electromagnetic radiation and/or acoustic signal. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises an emitter that is configured to emit the electromagnetic radiation and/or the acoustic signal. In some embodiments, the at least one detector is configured to provide information related to an efficiency of one or more filters of the recycling system. In some embodiments, the mechanism is configured to translate in a direction over the material bed. In some embodiments, the mechanism is configured to vibrate, stutter, oscillate, jitter, fluctuate, pulsate, and/or flutter during the translating. In some embodiments, the mechanism is configured to perform an uneven movement during the translating. In some embodiments, the uneven movement is repeated twice or more during the translating. In some embodiments, the uneven movement is repeated during a translating cycle. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises at least one of a material dispenser, a material remover, or a leveler. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a material dispenser having a bottom portion that is configured to retain a portion of a pre-transformed material therein. In some embodiments, the mechanism is configured to translate in a manner that imparts kinetic energy to a pre-transformed material that (i) comes into contact with the mechanism, and/or (ii) is carried by the mechanism. In some embodiments, the material dispenser comprises a lip and an exit opening. In some embodiments, the lip extends from the bottom portion and ends at the exit opening. In some embodiments, the material dispenser is configured to move in a motion that causes the portion of the pre-transformed material within the bottom portion to exit the exit opening. In some embodiments, the motion comprises a modulated motion. In some embodiments, the modulated motion is repetitive. In some embodiments, the modulated motion comprises a vibrating, stuttering, oscillating, jittering, fluctuating, pulsating, and/or fluttering motion. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises one or more actuators that are configured to cause the modulated motion. In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber includes a partition that separates the mechanism from the one or more actuators. In some embodiments, the one or more actuators are external to the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the partition is configured to reduce an amount of a pre-transformed material that contacts the one or more actuators. In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured to have a first atmosphere and the ancillary chamber is configured to have a second atmosphere. In some embodiments, during the printing of the at least one three-dimensional object, the first atmosphere is the same as the second atmosphere. In some embodiments, the material dispenser is included in a layer dispensing mechanism. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a method for printing at least one three-dimensional object, the method comprises: (a) using a mechanism to perform at least one operation in a processing chamber (e.g., as part of printing the at least one three-dimensional object); (b) translating the mechanism to an ancillary chamber through an opening disposed between the processing chamber and the ancillary chamber; and (c) closing the opening using a closure when (e.g., after) the mechanism is positioned within the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the at least one three-dimensional object is printed in the processing chamber during the printing. In some embodiments, the closure separates the processing chamber from the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises an opening or a blade. In some embodiments, the closure separates an atmosphere of the processing chamber from an atmosphere of the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a material dispenser. In some embodiments, using the mechanism comprises dispensing a pre-transformed material (e.g., using the material dispenser). In some embodiments, using the mechanism comprises planarizing an exposed surface of a material bed (e.g., using a material remover and/or a leveler). In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a layer dispenser. In some embodiments, using the mechanism comprises dispensing a layer of pre-transformed material (e.g., using the layer dispenser). In some embodiments, the layer dispenser comprises a material dispenser, a material remover, or a leveler. In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material is used to form the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, dispensing the pre-transformed material forms a layer of a material bed. In some embodiments, the at least one three-dimensional object is formed from at least a portion of the material bed. In some embodiments, the method further comprises transforming a portion of the pre-transformed material to a transformed material to form the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the closing the opening is at least during the transforming. In some embodiments, the method further comprises engaging and/or disengaging the processing chamber and the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, closing the opening comprises reducing an exposure of the mechanism housed in the ancillary chamber from: a debris, gas flow, plasma, radiation, gas pressure, and/or a reactive agent that is present in the processing chamber. In some embodiments, closing the opening comprises flapping, rolling, sliding, or revolving the closure. In some embodiments, closing the opening comprises separating the ancillary chamber from the processing chamber. In some embodiments, the closure is gas tight. In some embodiments, the closure is gas permeable. In some embodiments, closing the opening comprises closing the ancillary chamber and closing the processing chamber. In some embodiments, closing the opening comprises closing the ancillary chamber and closing the processing chamber simultaneously. In some embodiments, closing the opening comprises closing the ancillary chamber and closing the processing chamber sequentially. In some embodiments, closing the opening comprises coordinating (i) closing the ancillary chamber and (ii) closing of the processing chamber sequentially. In some embodiments, the closure comprises a first closure portion of the processing chamber, and a second closure portion of the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the method further comprises disengaging the ancillary chamber from the processing chamber. In some embodiments, the disengaging is before, after, or during printing of the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the disengaging is during printing of the at least one three-dimensional object (e.g., without disrupting the printing). In some embodiments, the printing is in a non-reactive atmosphere. In some embodiments, the printing is under positive pressure. In some embodiments, the method further comprises transforming at least a portion of the pre-transformed material to a transformed material using an energy beam. In some embodiments, the transforming is at or above a platform. Above the platform comprises (i) in a material bed, or (ii) in an atmosphere. In some embodiments, dispensing the pre-transformed material is towards a platform, wherein the at least one three-dimensional object is formed from the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, dispensing comprises streaming. In some embodiments, the forming layer of the material bed comprises forming the material bed adjacent and/or on the platform. In some embodiments, the 3D object is anchored to the platform, e.g., during the printing. In some embodiments, the 3D object is not anchored to the platform, e.g., during the printing. In some embodiments, the layer is formed on a previously dispensed material bed on a platform. In some embodiments, the method further comprises translating a platform within a build module. In some embodiments, the build module is reversibly engaged with the processing chamber. In some embodiments, the method further comprises recycling at least a portion of the pre-transformed material using a recycling system. In some embodiments, the method further comprises facilitating conveyance of the at least a portion of the pre-transformed material to the recycling system through an opening port of the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the conveyance is through a funnel portion that is coupled to the ancillary chamber, which funnel portion facilitates directing the recycled portion of the pre-transformed material to the opening port. In some embodiments, the method further comprises flushing the opening port with a flow of at least one gas that flushes a recycled portion of the pre-transformed material through a region comprising the opening port. In some embodiments, the region includes an enclosed region. In some embodiments, the region includes in a channel. In some embodiments, an inlet of the port flushing component accepts the flow of the at least one gas from a gas source (e.g., in the region). In some embodiments, an outlet of the port flushing component directs the flow of the at least one gas out of the region. In some embodiments, the method further comprises detecting the recycled portion of the pre-transformed material transported from the ancillary chamber to a recycling system using at least one detector. In some embodiments, the at least one detector detects an amount of the recycled portion of the pre-transformed material, sizes of particles of the recycled portion of the pre-transformed material, a velocity of the flow of the recycled portion of the pre-transformed material, and/or a chemical nature of the recycled portion of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, dispensing the pre-transformed material comprises translating a material dispenser in a direction that is substantially parallel to a platform surface. In some embodiments, the platform is disposed in the processing chamber, or in a build module coupled to the processing chamber. In some embodiments, using the mechanism comprises modulating at least a component of the mechanism. In some embodiments, the modulating comprises a repetitive modulation. In some embodiments, the modulating is during usage of the mechanism to perform the at least one operation in the processing chamber as part of printing of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the at least one operation comprises translating the mechanism. In some embodiments, the at least one operation comprises dispensing a pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the at least one operation comprises planarizing an exposed surface of a material bed. In some embodiments, the at least one operation comprises using a blade. In some embodiments, the modulating comprises vibrating, stuttering, oscillating, jittering, fluctuating, pulsating, and/or fluttering the at least the component of the mechanism. In some embodiments, the modulating results in performing an uneven movement of the mechanism during its translation. In some embodiments, the uneven movement is repeated at least twice during the translation of the mechanism. In some embodiments, the uneven movement is repeated during a translating cycle of the mechanism. In some embodiments, the mechanism is configured to translate in a manner that imparts kinetic energy to a pre-transformed material that (i) contacts the mechanism, and/or (ii) is carried by the mechanism. In some embodiments, the material dispenser comprises a lip and an exit opening. In some embodiments, the lip extends from the bottom portion and ends at the exit opening. In some embodiments, the method further comprises moving the material dispenser in a motion that causes the portion of the pre-transformed material within the bottom portion to exit the exit opening (e.g., fall from the bottom portion). In some embodiments, the motion comprises a modulated motion. In some embodiments, the modulated motion is repetitive. In some embodiments, the modulated motion comprises vibrating, stuttering, oscillating, jittering, fluctuating, pulsating, and/or fluttering motion. In some embodiments, the method further comprises using one or more actuators to impart a modulated motion.

In another aspect, a system for forming a three-dimensional object, the system comprises: one or more controllers that are collectively or separately configured to direct: (a) using a mechanism to perform at least one operation in a processing chamber as part of printing the three-dimensional object; (b) translating the mechanism to an ancillary chamber through an opening disposed between the processing chamber and the ancillary chamber; and (c) closing the opening using a closure after the mechanism is positioned within the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the mechanism includes a material dispenser. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers is configured to direct moving the material dispenser in a motion that causes a pre-transformed material to exit the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers is configured to direct using one or more actuators to impart a modulated motion to the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers is configured to direct the one or more actuators to impart a translation motion to the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the at least two of the one or more controllers directing (a) to (c) are different controllers. In some embodiments, the at least two of the one or more controllers directing (a) to (c) are the same controller. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers is further configured to direct at least one energy source to generate and direct at least one energy beam at a pre-transformed material in the processing chamber. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers is further configured to direct movement of a platform supporting the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers is configured to direct the platform to vertically translate.

In another aspect, a computer software product comprises at least one non-transitory computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which program instructions, when read by at least one computer, cause the at least one computer to direct (a) using a mechanism to perform at least one operation in a processing chamber as part of printing the three-dimensional object; (b) translating the mechanism to an ancillary chamber through an opening disposed between the processing chamber and the ancillary chamber; and (c) closing the opening using a closure after the mechanism is positioned within the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a computer to direct operations (a) to (c). In some embodiments, the program instructions cause a first computer to direct at least one of operations (a) to (c), and a second computer to direct another at least one of operations (a) to (c). In some embodiments, the program instructions cause a first computer to direct operation (a), a second computer to direct operation (b), and a third computer to direct operation (c). In some embodiments, a first non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a computer to direct at least one of operations (a) to (c), and a second non-transitory computer-readable medium causes the computer to direct another at least one of operations (a) to (c). In some embodiments, a first non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a computer to direct operation (a), a second non-transitory computer-readable medium causes the computer to direct operation (b), and a third non-transitory computer-readable medium causes the computer to direct operation (c). In some embodiments, a first non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a first computer to direct at least one of operations (a) to (c), and a second non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a second computer to direct another at least one of operations (a) to (c). In some embodiments, a first non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a first computer to direct operation (a), a second non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a second computer to direct operation (b), and a third non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a third computer to direct operation (c).

In another aspect, a method of printing a three-dimensional object, the method comprises: (a) transforming at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material that forms at least a portion of the three-dimensional object, wherein the transforming causes debris to form (i) on the exposed surface of the material bed, (ii) in the material bed, and/or (iii) on the exposed surface of the material bed and in the material bed; and (b) mixing a portion of the material bed that comprises: (I) a portion of the exposed surface of the material bed, and (II) the debris. In some embodiments, the mixing comprises a chaotic movement. In some embodiments, the chaotic movement comprises circular, swirling, agitated, rough, irregular, disordered, disorganized, cyclonic, spiraling, vortex, or agitated movement. In some embodiments, the mixing comprises laminar, vertical, horizontal, or angular movement. In some embodiments, the mixing comprises a predictable movement. In some embodiments, the mixing comprises a movement that is complex. In some embodiments, the method further comprises forming the material bed by dispensing a second layer of pre-transformed material on a first layer of pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the method further comprises removing at least a portion of the debris during and/or after the mixing. In some embodiments, the method further comprises removing at least a portion of the material bed during and/or after the mixing. In some embodiments, the method further comprises dispensing a pre-transformed material bed after the transforming and/or before the mixing. In some embodiments, the method further comprises removing a percentage of the debris after and/or during the mixing. In some embodiments, the percentage is at least 90 percent of the debris. In some embodiments, the percentage is at least 95 percent of the debris. In some embodiments, the percentage is at least 99 percent of the debris. In some embodiments, the removing comprises attracting. In some embodiments, the removing is without contacting the exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the removing comprises using gas flow, electrostatic force, or magnetic force for the removing. In some embodiments, the gas flow comprises vacuum. In some embodiments, the method further comprises planarizing an exposed surface of the material bed after and/or during the mixing. In some embodiments, the removing the at least a portion of the debris further comprises removing at least a portion of a pre-transformed material from the material bed. In some embodiments, the debris comprises a debris particle having an irregular shape. In some embodiments, the debris comprises agglomerated, sintered and/or fused pre-transformed particles. In some embodiments, the debris comprises debris particles having larger cross-sectional widths than particles of pre-transformed material, which larger is by at least two times a fundamental length scale of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the mixing is caused by the attracting. In some embodiments, the mixing causes at least a portion of the debris to move within a fraction of the material bed that is affected by the attractive force. In some embodiments, the attracting is to and/or through an internal compartment of a material remover. In some embodiments, the attracting comprising forming a chaotic (e.g., comprising turbulent) movement. In some embodiments, the mixing comprises using a chaotic flow on and/or within the material bed. In some embodiments, the chaotic flow is within a portion of the material bed that comprises the exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the mixing comprises a chaotic flow within an atmosphere above the material bed. In some embodiments, the chaotic flow contacts the portion of the exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the transforming and/or mixing is at a pressure above an ambient pressure.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, the apparatus comprises: an energy source configured to generate an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material as part of the at least one three-dimensional object during a transformation operation, wherein the transformation operation causes debris to form (i) on the exposed surface of the material bed, (ii) in the material bed, and/or (iii) on the exposed surface of the material bed and in the material bed; and a mechanism configured to mix at least a portion of a material bed that comprises: (I) a portion of the exposed surface of the material bed and (II) the debris, which mechanism comprises an opening that is configured to facilitate transit of the debris into and/or through the mechanism. In some embodiments, the mechanism is configured to operate at a positive pressure that is above ambient pressure, e.g., during the printing and/or mixing of the at least a portion of the material bed. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a material dispenser configured to dispense at least one layer of pre-transformed material as part of the material bed. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises an opening or a blade. In some embodiments, the mechanism is configured to planarize the exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, configured to mix comprises configured to cause a chaotic movement (e.g., comprising turbulence) in a volume that comprises the at least a portion of the exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the volume comprises a gas. In some embodiments, the volume comprises a pre-transformed material of the material bed. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a material remover that is configured to recirculate a portion of the material bed. In some embodiments, the portion of the material bed comprises an exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the material remover is configured to remove at least a portion of the debris from the material bed. In some embodiments, the at least a portion of the debris is at least 90 percent of the debris (the percentage can be calculated weight by weight, or volume per volume). In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises (a) a linear encoder or (b) a linear actuator, that is configured to facilitate translation of the mechanism. In some embodiments, the material remover is configured to remove at least a portion of a pre-transformed material from the material bed. In some embodiments, the material bed comprises a pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a material remover is configured to reduce a thickness of the material bed. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a material remover is configured to remove at least a portion of pre-transformed material from the material bed. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a material remover is configured to provide an attractive force that attracts the at least a portion of the debris into the material remover. In some embodiments, the attractive force is a suction force. In some embodiments, the attractive force comprises a gas flow, a magnetic field, or an electrostatic field. In some embodiments, the material remover is operationally coupled to an attractive force source that provides the attractive force. In some embodiments, the material remover is coupled to the attractive force source via a tube or wire. In some embodiments, the material remover comprises a reservoir configured to at least temporarily retain a removed portion of the debris. In some embodiments, the material remover comprises a nozzle having at least one opening (e.g., the opening) configured to allow a removed portion of the debris to pass therethrough. In some embodiments, a diameter of the at least one opening is changeable, e.g., before, after, and/or during a dispensing and/or the printing operation. In some embodiments, the energy source is a laser and the energy beam is a laser energy beam. In some embodiments, the energy source is an electron beam source and the energy beam is an electron beam. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a platform configured to support the material bed. In some embodiments, the platform is configured to vertically translate during the printing. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a processing chamber configured to enclose the material bed. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a material dispenser configured dispense a pre-transformed material to form the material bed. In some embodiments, the material dispenser is configured to laterally translate. In some embodiments, the material dispenser is included in a layer dispensing mechanism. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a system for forming a three-dimensional object, the system comprises: one or more controllers that are collectively or separately configured to direct: (a) transforming at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material that forms at least a portion of the three-dimensional object, wherein the transforming causes debris to form (i) on the exposed surface of the material bed, (ii) within the material bed, or (iii) on the exposed surface of the material bed and within the material bed; and (b) mixing a portion of the material bed that comprises (I) a portion of the exposed surface of the material bed and (II) the debris. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a material remover. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers is configured to direct the material remover to remove at least a portion of pre-transformed material from the material bed. In some embodiments, the at least two of the one or more controllers directing operations (a) and (b) are different controllers. In some embodiments, the at least two of the one or more controllers directing operations (a) and (b) are the same controller. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers is further configured to direct at least one energy source to generate and direct at least one energy beam at a pre-transformed material to form at least a portion of the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers is further configured to direct movement of a platform supporting the three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the one or more controllers is configured to direct the platform to vertically translate.

In another aspect, a computer software product comprises at least one non-transitory computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which program instructions, when read by at least one computer, cause the at least one computer to direct (a) transforming at least a portion of a material bed to a transformed material that forms at least a portion of the three-dimensional object, wherein the transforming causes debris to form (i) on the exposed surface of the material bed, (ii) within the material bed, or (iii) on the exposed surface of the material bed and within the material bed; and (b) mixing a portion of the material bed that comprises (I) a portion of the exposed surface of the material bed and (II) the debris. In some embodiments, the program instructions cause a computer to direct operations (a) and (b). In some embodiments, the program instructions cause a first computer to direct operation (a), and a second computer to direct operation (b). In some embodiments, the program instructions cause a first computer to direct operation (a), and a second computer to direct operation (b). In some embodiments, a first non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a computer to direct operation (a), and a second non-transitory computer-readable medium causes the computer to direct operation (b). In some embodiments, a first non-transitory computer-readable medium cause a first computer to direct operation (a), and a second non-transitory computer-readable medium causes a second computer to direct operation (b).

In another aspect, an apparatus for printing at least one three-dimensional object, the apparatus comprises: a first enclosure side that is separated from a second enclosure side by a partition, which partition includes an opening that is closable and openable by the partition; a platform configured to support the at least one three-dimensional object during its printing from a pre-transformed material, which platform is disposed in the first enclosure side; at least one shaft configured to at least partially move between the first enclosure side and second enclosure side through the opening (e.g., wherein between in inclusive to include the second enclosure side and the first enclosure side); and at least one channel disposed in the at least one shaft, the channel configured to guide the pre-transformed material (i) towards the platform, (ii) away from the platform, or (iii) towards and away from the platform. In some embodiments, at least partially move between the first enclosure side and second enclosure side comprises moving at least a fraction of the at least one shaft between the first enclosure side and the second enclosure side. In some embodiments, at least partially move between the first enclosure side and second enclosure side excludes moving the entirety of the at least one shaft between the first enclosure side and the second enclosure side. In some embodiments, at least partially move between the first enclosure side and second enclosure side includes moving the entirety of the at least one shaft between the first enclosure side and the second enclosure side. In some embodiments, the at least one shaft comprises a first shaft and a second shaft. In some embodiments, the at least one channel comprises a first channel (e.g., disposed within the first shaft), and a second channel (e.g., disposed within the second shaft). In some embodiments, the first channel is configured to guide the pre-transformed material towards the platform (e.g., through at least one mechanism). In some embodiments, the second channel is configured to guide the pre-transformed material away from the platform. In some embodiments, the first shaft and the second shaft are the same shaft. In some embodiments, the first channel and second channel are configured within the same shaft. In some embodiments, the first channel and second channel are configured in different shafts. In some embodiments, the at least one mechanism is a layer forming device. In some embodiments, the first channel and second channel are configured to guide the pre-transformed material from and/or to the layer forming device (e.g., separately or collectively, e.g., simultaneously or sequentially). In some embodiments, the at least one mechanism further comprises a (e.g., linear) actuator or a (e.g., linear) encoder, that separately or collectively are configured to facilitate movement of one or more of the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the encoder and/or actuator facilitates the movement of a shaft. In some embodiments, the encoder and/or actuator facilitates the movement of two or more shafts. In some embodiments, the first channel and second channel are configured within the same shaft. In some embodiments, the at least one shaft is a plurality of shafts. In some embodiments, the first channel and second channel are each configured within different shafts. In some embodiments, the at least one shaft further comprises at least one channel that is configured to facilitate movement of at least one gas towards or away from the platform. In some embodiments, the at least one shaft is operatively coupled to at least one mechanism that is used during the printing. In some embodiments, the at least one channel is operatively coupled to the at least one mechanism and is configured to guide the pre-transformed material to and/or from the at least one mechanism. In some embodiments, the at least one mechanism comprises a layer forming device. In some embodiments, the at least one channel is configured to guide the pre-transformed material to at least one component of the layer forming device. In some embodiments, the at least one component comprises a layer dispenser, a material remover, or a leveler. In some embodiments, the at least one channel comprises a first channel and a second channel. In some embodiments, the first channel is configured to guide the pre-transformed material to the material dispenser. In some embodiments, a second channel is configured to guide the pre-transformed material from the material remover. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises an energy source configured to generate an energy beam that transforms the pre-transformed material bed to a transformed material to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the energy source is configured to generate the energy beam that includes radiation comprising at least one of electromagnetic, electron, positron, proton, plasma, or ionic radiation. In some embodiments, the layer forming device comprises a material dispenser, a material remover, or a leveler. In some embodiments, the material dispenser is configured dispense the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the material remover is configured to remove a portion of the pre-transformed. In some embodiments, the leveler is configured to planarize a material bed formed on dispensing the pre-transformed material towards the platform. In some embodiments, the first chamber side and the second chamber side are configured to have the same atmosphere during the printing. In some embodiments, the first chamber side and the second chamber side are configured to have different atmospheres on closure of the partition. In some embodiments, the partition is gas tight. In some embodiments, the partition is gas permeable. In some embodiments, the partition forms a physical separation between the first enclosure side and the second enclosure side. In some embodiments, the partition reduces an amount of debris, pre-transformed material, radiation, plasma, reactive agent, and/or gas to travel from the first enclosure side to the second enclosure side upon closure of the partition. In some embodiments, the closure is configured to close the opening when (a) the at least one mechanism is positioned within the second enclosure side, (b) the pre-transformed material is being transformed, and/or (c) the at least one mechanism is positioned within the second enclosure side and the pre-transformed material is being transformed. In some embodiments, the closure is configured to close the opening when the at least one mechanism is in a parked mode. In some embodiments, the first chamber side is an ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the second chamber side is a processing chamber. In some embodiments, the at least one shaft is operatively coupled to an actuator. In some embodiments, the actuator is a linear actuator. In some embodiments, the actuator is configured to linearly translate the at least one shaft in a direction that is substantially parallel to a surface of the platform. In some embodiments, during the printing, the platform is configured to vertically translate in a direction that is substantially perpendicular to a direction of translation of the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to translate the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises at least one controller operatively coupled to at least one component of the at least one mechanism. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to operate at least one component of the at least one mechanism, which at least one component of the at least mechanism is operatively coupled to the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the at least one mechanism comprises an opening or a blade. In some embodiments, the first chamber side is operatively coupled to a recycling system that recycles an excess of pre-transformed during and/or after the printing. In some embodiments, the second chamber side comprises a funnel portion that is configured to direct the excess of the pre-transformed material to the recycling system. In some embodiments, the second chamber side includes an opening port that is configured to direct the excess the pre-transformed material to the recycling system. In some embodiments, the opening port is disposed within a region comprising the opening port of the second chamber side. In some embodiments, the region comprises a port flushing component that is configured to flush the region from the excess of pre-transformed material using a flow of at least one gas. In some embodiments, the port flushing component comprises an inlet configured to accept the flow of the at least one gas from a gas source and an outlet configured to direct the flow of the at least one gas out of the region. In some embodiments, the outlet is coupled to the recycling system via at least one coupling member. In some embodiments, the port flushing component is coupled to the second chamber side via a connector. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises at least one detector that is configured to detect the excess of pre-transformed material transported from the second chamber side to the recycling system. In some embodiments, the at least one detector is configured to detect an amount of the pre-transformed material, sizes of particles of the pre-transformed material, a velocity of the flow of the pre-transformed material, and/or a chemical nature of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the at least one detector is configured to detect an amount of a debris, sizes of particles of the debris, a velocity of the flow of the debris, and/or a chemical nature of the debris. In some embodiments, the at least one detector comprises a detector that is configured to detect electromagnetic radiation or an acoustic signal. In some embodiments, the at least one detector comprises an emitter that is configured to emit the electromagnetic radiation or the acoustic signal. In some embodiments, the at least one detector is configured to provide information related to an efficiency of one or more filters of the recycling system. In some embodiments, the port flushing component is configured to direct a flow of at least one gas in a direction that is non-parallel relative to a direction of a flow of pre-transformed material and/or debris from the second chamber side toward the port flushing component. In some embodiments, the port flushing component is configured to direct a flow of at least one gas in a direction that is substantially orthogonal relative to a direction of a flow of pre-transformed material and/or debris from the first chamber side toward the port flushing component. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a bulk reservoir configured to supply the pre-transformed material to a material dispenser that is operatively coupled to the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the layer dispenser (e.g., the layer dispensing mechanism) is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a method for printing at least one three-dimensional object comprises: (a) moving at least a fraction of at least one shaft from a first enclosure side to second enclosure side and/or vice versa through an opening, which first enclosure side comprises a platform supporting the at least one three-dimensional object during its printing from a pre-transformed material, which first enclosure side is separated from a second enclosure side by a partition, which partition includes the opening that is closable and openable by the partition; and (b) guiding a pre-transformed material (i) towards a platform, (ii) away from the platform, or (iii) towards and away from the platform, which guiding is through at least one channel disposed in the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the fraction of at least one shaft excludes the entirety of the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, at least one channel comprises a first channel and a second channel. In some embodiments, guiding the pre-transformed material towards the platform in the first channel, guiding the pre-transformed material away from the platform in the second channel. In some embodiments, first channel and the second channel are disposed in a shaft. In some embodiments, at least one shaft is a plurality of shafts. In some embodiments, the first channel and the second channel are each disposed in a different shaft of the plurality of shafts. In some embodiments, guiding is to and/or away from a layer forming device. In some embodiments, further comprising guiding at least one gas towards or away from the platform through the at least one channel. In some embodiments, the method further comprises using at least one mechanism coupled to the at least one shaft and/or at least one channel, which using is during the printing. In some embodiments, the method further comprises guiding the pre-transformed material to and/or from the at least one mechanism (e.g., on its way to the platform). In some embodiments, the at least one mechanism is a layer forming device. In some embodiments, the at least one channel is configured to guide the pre-transformed material to at least one component of the layer forming device. In some embodiments, the at least one component comprises a layer dispenser, a material remover, or a leveler. In some embodiments, the at least one channel comprises a first channel and a second channel. In some embodiments, guiding is through the first channel to the material dispenser, and from the material remover through the second channel. In some embodiments, using an energy beam to transform the pre-transformed material bed to a transformed material to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the layer forming device includes at least one of a material dispenser, a material remover, or a leveler. In some embodiments, the method further comprises dispensing the pre-transformed material towards the platform using the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the method further comprises removing a portion of the pre-transformed using the material remover. In some embodiments, the method further comprises planarizing a material bed using the leveler is. In some embodiments, the material bed is formed by dispensing the pre-transformed material towards the platform. In some embodiments, the method further comprises closing the opening using a closure, when (a) the apparatus is positioned within the second enclosure side, (b) the pre-transformed material is being transformed, or (c) the apparatus is positioned within the second enclosure side and the pre-transformed material is being transformed. In some embodiments, the method further comprises closing the opening when the at least one mechanism is in a parked mode. In some embodiments, the first chamber side is an ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the second chamber side is a processing chamber. In some embodiments, the method further comprises translating (e.g., linearly) the at least one shaft in a direction (e.g., that is substantially parallel) to an exposed surface of the platform. In some embodiments, the method further comprises translating the platform (e.g., vertically), e.g., during the printing. In some embodiments, translating is in a direction that is substantially perpendicular to a direction of translation of the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the method further comprises controlling translation of the at least one shaft (e.g., manually and/or automatically, before, during, and/or after the printing). In some embodiments, the method further comprises controlling the operation of at least one component of the at least one mechanism. In some embodiments, the method further comprises recycling an excess of pre-transformed during and/or after the printing, e.g., using a recycling mechanism. In some embodiments, the method further comprises flushing an opening of recycling mechanism, e.g., by flowing a gas through a volume that comprises the opening of the recycling mechanism. In some embodiments, the method further comprises detecting an excess of pre-transformed material transported from the second chamber side to the recycling system. In some embodiments, detecting comprises detecting: an amount of the pre-transformed material, sizes of particles of the pre-transformed material, a velocity of the flow of the pre-transformed material, or a chemical nature of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, detecting comprises detecting an amount of a debris, sizes of particles of the debris, a velocity of the flow of the debris, or a chemical nature of the debris. In some embodiments, detecting comprises detecting an electromagnetic radiation or an acoustic signal. In some embodiments, the method further comprises emitting the electromagnetic radiation or the acoustic signal, e.g., using the detector. In some embodiments, the method further comprises providing information related to an efficiency of one or more filters of the recycling system. In some embodiments, the method further comprises directing a flow of at least one gas in the port flushing component in a direction that is non-parallel relative to a direction of a flow of pre-transformed material and/or debris from the second chamber side toward the port flushing component. In some embodiments, the method further comprises flowing of at least one gas in the port flushing component in a direction that is substantially orthogonal relative to a direction of a flow of pre-transformed material and/or debris from the first chamber side toward the port flushing component. In some embodiments, the method further comprises supplying the pre-transformed material from a bulk reservoir to a material dispenser that is operatively coupled to the at least one shaft.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, the apparatus comprises: an enclosure configured to enclose the at least one three-dimensional object during its printing; a mechanism configured to perform at least one operation in the enclosure (e.g., during the printing), which mechanism is disposed in the enclosure (e.g., and comprises an opening, a roller, a plate, or a blade); and an actuator configured to translate the mechanism and that is operatively coupled to the mechanism, which actuator is disposed externally to the enclosure. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a material dispenser configured to dispense a pre-transformed material that is used to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises at least one controller operatively coupled to at least one of the actuator and the mechanism. In some embodiments, the controller is programmed to collectively or separately perform one or more of (i) direct the mechanism to perform the at least one operation, and (ii) direct the actuator to translate the mechanism. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises an opening or a blade. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a layer dispensing mechanism configured to dispense a planar layer of pre-transformed material to form a material bed that is used to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a linear actuator. In some embodiments, the shaft is operatively coupled to a linear encoder. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the actuator is coupled to the mechanism through the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the actuator is configured to translate the mechanism by translating the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, the at least one shaft comprises at least one channel configured to transport the pre-transformed material therethrough. In some embodiments, the at least one shaft comprises at least bellow. In some embodiments, the at least one bellow is configured to allow a gas leak rate from the enclosure of at most 0.01 liters per minute. In some embodiments, the at least one bellow preserves its operative conditions for at least one million cycles. In some embodiments, the at least one bellow is configured to operate at a pressure above an ambient pressure. In some embodiments, a first fraction of the at least one shaft is disposed in the enclosure and a second fraction of the at least one shaft is disposed out of the enclosure (e.g., before, after, and/or during operation of the at least one shaft). In some embodiments, the at least one shaft is configured to translate through an opening in the enclosure. In some embodiments, the opening is configured to facilitate a gas leak rate from the enclosure of at most 0.01 liters per minute. In some embodiments, the opening is configured to facilitate the gas leak rate for at least one million cycles (e.g., of operations of any of the components of the apparatus). In some embodiments, the seal is configured to facilitate the gas leak rate for at least one million cycles. The cycles may comprise back and forth translation of: the at least one shaft, the encoder, the mechanism, or any combination thereof. The back and forth translation may be with respect to a platform disposed in the enclosure. In some embodiments, the mechanism and/or at least one shaft is configured to operate at a pressure above an ambient pressure. In some embodiments, the pressure above ambient is at least 0.5 pounds per square inch (PSI) above the ambient pressure. In some embodiments, the at least one bellow is disposed in the enclosure and/or outside of the enclosure. In some embodiments, the at least one shaft is operatively coupled to an opening in a wall of the enclosure. In some embodiments, the opening is configured to preserve and/or facilitate a gas leak rate of at most about 0.01 liters per minute. In some embodiments, the opening comprises a seal. In some embodiments, the seal is a passive seal or a dynamic seal. In some embodiments, the dynamic seal comprises a gas flow. In some embodiments, the opening comprises a guiding mechanism and/or a gas flow. In some embodiments, the guiding mechanism comprises a bearing (e.g., ball bearing or air bearing). In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a method for printing at least one three-dimensional object comprises: (a) translating a mechanism to perform at least one operation as part of the printing in an enclosure, which mechanism is disposed in the enclosure (e.g., which mechanism comprises an opening, a roller, a plate, or a blade); and (b) using an actuator for translating the mechanism (e.g., during the printing), which actuator is disposed external to the enclosure. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a material dispenser. In some embodiments, the method further comprises dispensing a pre-transformed material that is used to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the dispensing comprises using the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises an opening or a blade. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises a material dispenser. In some embodiments, the method further comprises dispensing a planar layer of pre-transformed material to form a material bed that is used to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a linear actuator. In some embodiments, the translating the mechanism is at least in part by using a linear encoder. In some embodiments, the translating the mechanism comprises translating at least one shaft that is operatively coupled to the actuator and/or to the mechanism. In some embodiments, the operatively coupled is physically connected. In some embodiments, operatively coupled is electronically connected. In some embodiments, operatively coupled comprises connected to allow communication. In some embodiments, operatively coupled comprises connected to allow signal transmission. In some embodiments, the method further comprises using an energy beam to translate a pre-transformed material to a transformed material to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the method further comprises vertically translating a platform to support the at least one three-dimensional object during its printing. In some embodiments, the method further comprises controlling the actuator by at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the actuator and is programmed to direct using the actuator. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to direct using at least one component of the mechanism. In some embodiments, using the actuator comprises translating the at least one shaft for translating the mechanism. In some embodiments, translating the at least one shaft is through an opening in the enclosure. In some embodiments, the method further comprises sealing the opening using a seal. In some embodiments, sealing comprises passively sealing. In some embodiments, the method further comprises facilitating a gas leak rate through the opening (e.g., out of the enclosure), which rate is at most 0.01 liters per minute. In some embodiments, using the seal is for at least one million cycles (e.g., of any of the method operations). In some embodiments, translating the (i) at least one shaft and/or (ii) mechanism, is at a pressure above an ambient pressure residing in the enclosure (e.g., during printing). In some embodiments, the pressure above ambient is at least 0.5 pounds per square inch (PSI) above the ambient pressure. The cycles may comprise back and forth translation of: the at least one shaft, the encoder, the mechanism, or any combination thereof. The back and forth translation may be with respect to a platform disposed in the enclosure.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, the apparatus comprises: a platform configured to support the at least one three-dimensional object during its printing; a shaft that is configured to translate towards and/or away from the platform, which shaft is disposed adjacent to the platform; and a bellow that is configured to operate at a positive pressure above an atmospheric pressure, which bellow is operatively coupled to the shaft. In some embodiments, the shaft is operatively coupled to a mechanism used during the printing, which mechanism comprises an opening. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises at least one controller operatively coupled to at least one of the platform, shaft, and the bellow. In some embodiments, the controller is programmed to collectively or separately perform one or more of (i) direct the platform to vertically translate during the printing, and (ii) direct the shaft to translate during the printing. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a layer dispensing mechanism configured to dispense a planar layer of pre-transformed material to form a material bed that is used to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is operatively coupled to the shaft. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a linear actuator or a linear encoder configured to translate the shaft. In some embodiments, the shaft is configured to translate using a linear actuator. In some embodiments, the shaft is configured to translate using a linear encoder. In some embodiments, the shaft comprises at least one channel configured to transport a pre-transformed material therethrough, which pre-transformed material is used in printing the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the pressure above ambient is at least 0.5 pounds per square inch (PSI) above the ambient pressure. In some embodiments, the shaft is configured to translate during the printing. In some embodiments, the platform is disposed in an enclosure. In some embodiments, during the printing, the pressure in the enclosure is above an ambient pressure. In some embodiments, above ambient is at least 0.5 pounds per square inch (PSI) above the ambient pressure. In some embodiments, the bellow is disposed in the enclosure and/or outside of the enclosure. In some embodiments, the bellow is configured to allow a gas leak rate from the enclosure of at most 0.01 liters per minute. In some embodiments, the leak is to an environment external to the enclosure. In some embodiments, the bellow preserves its operative conditions for at least one million cycles. In some embodiments, the shaft is disposed in the enclosure and/or outside of the enclosure. In some embodiments, the at least one shaft is operatively coupled to an opening in a wall of the enclosure. In some embodiments, the opening has a gas leak rate of at most about 0.01 liters per minute. In some embodiments, the opening comprises a seal. In some embodiments, the seal is a passive seal or a dynamic seal. In some embodiments, the dynamic seal comprises a gas flow. In some embodiments, the opening comprises a guiding mechanism and/or a gas flow. In some embodiments, the guiding mechanism comprises a bearing (e.g., ball bearing or air bearing). In some embodiments, the bellow is a metal bellow. In some embodiments, the metal comprises an elemental metal or a metal alloy. In some embodiments, the shaft is translated using an actuator that is operatively coupled to the shaft, which actuator is disposed outside of the enclosure. In some embodiments, the bellow facilitates translation of the shaft while separating an internal atmosphere of the enclosure, from an atmosphere external to the enclosure where the actuator is located in the atmosphere external to the enclosure. In some embodiments, during the printing a pressure of the internal atmosphere is above ambient pressure. In some embodiments, during the printing, a pressure of the external atmosphere is an ambient pressure. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a method for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, the apparatus comprises: (a) using a platform to facilitate printing of the at least one three-dimensional object; (b) translating a shaft towards and/or away from the platform; and (c) contracting and/or stretching a bellow that is configured to operate at a positive pressure above an atmospheric pressure. In some embodiments, the method further comprises using the shaft to translate a mechanism used during the printing, which shaft is operatively coupled to the mechanism, which mechanism comprises an opening. In some embodiments, the method further comprises flowing the pre-transformed material through the shaft. In some embodiments, the method further comprises dispensing pre-transformed material towards the platform, which pre-transformed material is used to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, dispensing the pre-transformed material comprises flowing the pre-transformed material through the shaft. In some embodiments, the method further comprises using a linear actuator for translating the shaft. In some embodiments, further comprising using a linear encoder for translating the shaft. In some embodiments, the shaft comprises at least one channel. In some embodiments, the method further comprises transporting a pre-transformed material through the at least one channel, which pre-transformed material is used in printing the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the pressure above ambient is at least 0.5 pounds per square inch (PSI) above an ambient pressure. In some embodiments, translating the shaft is during the printing. In some embodiments, the platform is disposed in an enclosure. In some embodiments, the bellow is disposed in the enclosure and/or outside of the enclosure. In some embodiments, the bellow is leaking gas in a rate of at most 0.01 liters per minute. In some embodiments, the gas is leaking from an internal atmosphere of the enclosure to an environment external to the enclosure. In some embodiments, wherein contracting and/or stretching the bellow is while preserving its operative conditions for at least one million cycles. In some embodiments, the shaft is disposed in the enclosure and/or outside of the enclosure. In some embodiments, the at least one shaft is operatively coupled to an opening in a wall of the enclosure. In some embodiments, the opening comprises a seal. In some embodiments, the seal is a passive seal or a dynamic seal. In some embodiments, the dynamic seal comprises a gas flow. In some embodiments, the opening comprises a guiding mechanism and/or a gas flow. In some embodiments, the guiding mechanism comprises a bearing (e.g., ball bearing or air bearing). In some embodiments, the bellow is a metal bellow. In some embodiments, the metal comprises an elemental metal or a metal alloy. In some embodiments, the method further comprises irradiating an energy beam towards a platform to transform a pre-transformed material to a transformed material to form the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, facilitate printing comprises supporting the three-dimensional object during the printing. In some embodiments, facilitate printing comprises during the printing supporting a pre-transformed material from which the three-dimensional object is printed. In some embodiments, facilitate printing comprises during the printing supporting a material bed from which the three-dimensional object is printed. In some embodiments, using the platform to facilitate printing comprises translating the platform during the printing. In some embodiments, translating comprises vertically translating. In some embodiments, the method further comprises controlling the actuator by at least one controller that is operatively coupled to the actuator and is programmed to direct using the actuator. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programmed to direct using at least one component of the apparatus.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, comprises: a bulk reservoir comprising an exit opening, which bulk reservoir is configured to enclose a pre-transformed material; a material dispenser that is configured to dispense the pre-transformed material to form a material bed, which material dispenser has a side comprising an entrance opening; and a plate having a plate opening that is at least partially configured to form a channel configured to facilitate a flow of the pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser, wherein (i) the plate is translatable with respect to the bulk reservoir and/or the material dispenser, (ii) a first portion of the plate is configured to close the exit opening of the bulk reservoir, (iii) a second portion of the plate is configured to close the entrance opening of the material dispenser, or (iv) a combination of at least two of (i), (ii) and (iii). In some embodiments, the plate is configured to shut and/or open the exit opening of the bulk reservoir upon movement of the plate with respect to the bulk reservoir and/or the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the entrance opening is defined by a wall of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, at least a portion of an internal surface of the wall is configured to facilitate flow of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the internal surface of is coated with a polished material. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the internal surface is polished. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the internal surface has a Ra value of at most 50 micrometers (μm), 10 μm, 5 μm, or 1 μm. In some embodiments, the internal surface has a Ra value of a smooth surface as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the plate is configured to disrupt the channel upon movement of the plate with respect to the bulk reservoir and/or the material dispenser. In some embodiments, disrupting the channel comprises disrupting a position, a cross sectional shape, a cross sectional area, a volume, and/or an existence of the channel. In some embodiments, the channel facilitates the flow of the pre-transformed material from a first end of the plate opening to a second end of the plate opening. In some embodiments, the first end opposes the second end. In some embodiments, the first end of the plate opening and at least part of the exit opening of the bulk reservoir form at least part of the channel. In some embodiments, the second end of the plate opening and at least part of the entrance opening of the material dispenser form at least part of the channel. In some embodiments, a first cross-section of the first end of the plate opening is different than a second cross-section of the second end of the plate opening. In some embodiments, the first cross section is smaller than the second cross section. In some embodiments, the first cross section and/or the second cross section is a horizontal cross section. In some embodiments, the entrance opening is disposed at a side of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the side is configured not to (a) face an exposed surface of the material bed or (b) face away from the exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the side is configured to be normal to an exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the side is configured to be non-parallel to an exposed surface of the material bed. In some embodiments, the channel comprises a uniform shape. In some embodiments, the channel comprises a non-uniform shape. In some embodiments, the channel is at least partially defined by at least two diverging surfaces. In some embodiments, the channel has no rotational symmetry axis (e.g. that comprises its entry and exit). In some embodiments, the channel is at least partially defined by at least two parallel surfaces. In some embodiments, at least one wall of the channel facilitates flow of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the at least one wall of the channel is coated with a polished material. In some embodiments, the at least one wall of the channel is polished. In some embodiments, the at least one wall of the channel has a Ra value of at most 50 micrometers (μm), 10 μm, 5 μm, or 1 μm. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a channel member between the plate and the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the channel member comprises an angled slot that partially forms the channel. In some embodiments, an internal surface of the angled slot is coated with a polished material. In some embodiments, an internal surface of the angled slot is polished. In some embodiments, an internal surface of the angled slot has a Ra value of at most 50 micrometers (μm), 10 μm, 5 μm, or 1 μm. In some embodiments, the at least one wall and/or internal surface has a Ra value of a smooth surface as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises an energy source configured to generate an energy beam that transforms at least a portion of the pre-transformed material to form at least a section of the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, each of the exit and entrance openings have a slot shape. In some embodiments, the entrance and exit openings have the same cross-section shape. In some embodiments, the apparatus further comprises a channel member between the plate and the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the channel member comprises an angled slot that partially forms the channel. In some embodiments, the entrance opening, exit opening and angled slot have the same cross-section shape. In some embodiments, the plate is fixedly coupled with the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the plate and the material dispenser are translatable with respect to the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the material dispenser is included in a layer dispensing mechanism. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to translate along railings, and wherein the apparatus comprises the railings configured to reduce accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. In some embodiments, the railings are coupled to a physical protection configured to reduce the accumulation of the pre-transformed material and/or debris on the railing during the printing. The physical protection may comprise a labyrinth. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may comprise, or be operatively coupled to, a carriage capable of keeping the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit any accumulation of the pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises one or more wheels configured to push away the accumulated pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing, wherein pushing aways is during progression of the one or more wheels along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a flexible coupler configured to maintain the layer dispensing mechanism along its intended path albeit accumulation of pre-transformed (e.g., starting) material and/or debris on the railing during printing.

In another aspect, a system for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprises: an enclosure configured to enclose the at least one three-dimensional object during the printing, the at least one three-dimensional object printed from a first portion of a pre-transformed material, the enclosure comprises: a funnel portion configured to facilitate a flow of a second portion of the pre-transformed material in a first direction towards an exit opening of the funnel portion, which exit opening is configured to provide access out of the enclosure; a port flushing component coupled with the funnel portion and at least partially defining a channel that intersects with the exit opening; and at least one pump configured to direct a flow of gas (i) through the channel of the port flushing component and (ii) past the exit opening, which channel is configured to (I) direct the flow of gas in a second direction substantially non-parallel to the first direction and (II) facilitate displacement of the second portion of the pre-transformed material out of the exit opening through the channel. In some embodiments, the channel is at least partially defined by a tube. In some embodiments, the flow of gas facilitates displacement of the second portion of the pre-transformed material out of the exit opening through the channel. In some embodiments, the enclosure is configured to accommodate a positive pressure. In some embodiments, the positive pressure is of at least 0.5 pounds per square inch (PSI) above an ambient atmosphere. In some embodiments, the system further comprises a recycling system configured to recycle the second portion of the pre-transformed material during the printing. In some embodiments, the exit opening of the funnel portion provides access to the to the recycling system. In some embodiments, the recycling system comprises at least one filter configured to reduce an amount of debris within the second portion of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the system further comprises a layer dispenser configured to provide a layer of the pre-transformed material within the enclosure. In some embodiments, the layer dispenser comprises at least one component configured to perform one or more operations comprise: (i) providing the pre-transformed material towards a platform, or (ii) planarizing an exposed surface of a material bed that comprises the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the system further comprises a linear encoder or a linear actuator, wherein the at least one component is operatively coupled to the linear encoder and/or the linear actuator, and wherein the linear encoder or the linear actuator is configured to facilitate translation of the at least one component within the enclosure. In some embodiments, the system further comprises a platform configured to support the first portion of the pre-transformed material within the enclosure. In some embodiments, the at least one pump is configured to provide a pressure to the second portion of the pre-transformed material within the funnel portion, wherein the pressure is provided in a direction that is substantially parallel to the first direction. In some embodiments, the pressure comprises a second flow of gas. In some embodiments, the funnel portion is integrally formed with the enclosure. In some embodiments, the funnel portion comprises a piece that is coupled with the enclosure. In some embodiments, the funnel portion is coupled with the enclosure via a connector. In some embodiments, the first direction is substantially orthogonal to the second direction. In some embodiments, the funnel portion is part of an ancillary chamber of the enclosure. In some embodiments, the system further comprises one or more detector devices configured to detect the second portion of the pre-transformed material that exits the exit opening and/or flows in the channel. In some embodiments, the one or more detector devices is coupled with the funnel portion, the port flushing component, or one or more connectors coupling the funnel portion with the port flushing component, and/or one more connector channels coupling the port flushing component with a recycling system. In some embodiments, the one or more detector devices is configured to detect (a) an amount of the pre-transformed material, (b) fundamental length scale of one or more particles of the pre-transformed material, (c) a velocity of a flow of pre-transformed material, and/or (d) a chemical nature of the pre-transformed material exiting the exit opening. In some embodiments, the second portion is a remainder of the pre-transformed material that did not form the at least one three-dimensional object or is not part of a material bed. In some embodiments, the second portion is used at least in part to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the system used is after recycling the second portion.

In another aspect, a method of printing of at least one three-dimensional object, the method comprises: (a) using a funnel portion to guide a first portion of a pre-transformed material from an enclosure by directing the first portion of the pre-transformed material (i) in a first direction through a funnel portion comprising an exit opening and (ii) through a channel operatively coupled to the exit opening, wherein the at least one three-dimensional object is printed in the enclosure from a second portion of a three-transformed material; and (b) flowing a gas in the channel past the exit opening in a second direction that is non-parallel to the first direction, and (c) displacing the first portion of the pre-transformed material from the exit opening of the funnel portion. In some embodiments, causing the first portion of the pre-transformed material to transit from the enclosure to the funnel portion comprises causing a material dispenser within the enclosure to dispense material, wherein the first portion of the pre-transformed material that transits to the funnel portion comprises an excess of the pre-transformed material from the printing. In some embodiments, operatively coupled comprises fluidly connected to allow flow of gas and/or the first portion of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, displacing the second portion is during (b). In some embodiments, displacing the second portion is by flowing the gas past the exit opening. In some embodiments, the first portion is a remainder of the pre-transformed material that did not form the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the method further comprises at least in part using the first portion to print the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, using is after recycling the first portion. In some embodiments, the first direction is substantially orthogonal to the second direction. In some embodiments, the method further comprises providing a pressure to the first portion of the pre-transformed material within the funnel portion, wherein the pressure is provided in a direction that is substantially parallel to the first direction. In some embodiments, providing the pressure comprises applying a second flow of gas through the funnel portion toward the exit opening. In some embodiments, the method further comprises directing the first portion of the pre-transformed material to a recycling system using the flow of gas. In some embodiments, the method further comprises filtering the first portion of the pre-transformed material using one or more filters of the recycling system. In some embodiments, the method further comprises using a recycled portion of the pre-transformed material from the recycling system during the printing operation or a subsequent printing. In some embodiments, method further comprises applying a positive pressure within the enclosure before, after, and/or during the printing. In some embodiments, the positive pressure is at least 0.5 pounds per square inch (PSI). In some embodiments, flowing a gas in the channel past the exit opening comprises flowing the gas through a head space within the channel, the head space corresponding to a space that is not occupied by the first portion of the pre-transformed material within the channel. In some embodiments, the method further comprises detecting an amount of the pre-transformed material, a fundamental length scale of one or more particles of the pre-transformed material, a velocity of a flow of the pre-transformed material, and/or a chemical nature of the pre-transformed material exiting the exit opening using one or more detector devices.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object comprises at least one controller that is programmed to perform the following operations: operation (a): direct flowing a gas in a channel past an exit opening of a funnel portion, wherein the exit opening is operationally coupled to the channel, wherein a flow of the gas is in a second direction that is non-parallel to a first direction of a flow of a first portion of a pre-transformed material within the funnel portion, wherein the funnel portion facilitates flow of a first portion of a pre-transformed material through the exit opening to the channel, which flow of gas expels the first portion from the exit opening through the channel; operation (b): direct detecting at least one characteristic of the first portion of the pre-transformed material in the channel; and operation (c) adjusting at least one characteristic of the gas based on the detecting. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programed to direct operation (b) prior to, during, or after operation (a). In some embodiments, the at least one characteristic of the gas comprises flow velocity, pressure, flow resistivity, oxygen content, or humidity content. In some embodiments, the at least one characteristic of the first portion of the pre-transformed material comprises (i) an amount of the pre-transformed material, (ii) a fundamental length scale of one or more particles of the pre-transformed material, (iii) a velocity of a flow of pre-transformed material, and/or (iv) a chemical nature of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the chemical nature comprises humidity or oxygen content. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programed to perform operation (c): directing a material dispenser within an enclosure to dispense the first portion of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the first portion of the pre-transformed material that transits to the funnel portion comprises excess pre-transformed material from a printing operation. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is programed to perform operation (e): directing at least one energy beam at a target surface within an enclosure, wherein the at least one energy beam is configured to transform a second pre-transformed material to a transformed material as part of the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, operation (a) and operation (b) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, operation (a) and operation (b) are directed by different controllers. In some embodiments, the adjusting comprises using closed loop control scheme.

In another aspect, a computer software product for three-dimensional printing of at least one three-dimensional object, comprising a non-transitory computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which program instructions, when read by at least one computer, cause the at least one computer to perform operations comprises: operation (a): direct flowing a gas in a channel past an exit opening of a funnel portion, wherein the exit opening is operationally coupled to the channel, wherein a flow of the gas is in a second direction that is non-parallel to a first direction of a flow of a first portion of a pre-transformed material within the funnel portion, wherein the funnel portion facilitates flow of a first portion of a pre-transformed material through the exit opening to the channel, which flow of gas expels the first portion from the exit opening through the channel; and operation (b): direct detecting at least one characteristic of the first portion of the pre-transformed material in the channel. In some embodiments, the program instructions cause the at least one computer to further perform operation (c): causing a material dispenser within an enclosure to dispense material, wherein the first portion of the pre-transformed material that transits to the funnel portion comprises excess pre-transformed material from a printing operation. In some embodiments, the program instructions cause the at least one computer to further perform operation (d): causing one or more detectors to detect pre-transformed material exiting the exit opening. In some embodiments, the program instructions cause the at least one computer to receive data from the one or more detectors related to an amount of pre-transformed material, size of particles of the pre-transformed material, a velocity of a flow of pre-transformed material, and/or a chemical nature of the pre-transformed material exiting the exit opening. In some embodiments, the program instructions cause the at least one computer to perform operation (e): causing one or more energy sources direct at least one energy beam at a target surface within an enclosure, wherein the at least one energy beam is configured to transform the pre-transformed material to a transformed material as part of the at least one three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, program instructions cause the at least one computer to perform operation (b) prior to, during, or after operation (a). In some embodiments, computer software product causes a first computer to perform operation (a) and a second computer to perform operation (b), wherein the first computer is different than the second computer. In some embodiments, computer software product causes a computer to perform operation (a) and operation (b). In some embodiments, the program instructions further cause the at least one computer to perform operation (c) adjusting at least one characteristic of the gas based on the detecting. In some embodiments, operation (b) further comprises direct detecting at least one characteristic of a gas in the channel, the at least one characteristic of the gas comprises flow velocity, pressure, flow resistivity, oxygen content, or humidity content. In some embodiments, the at least one characteristic of the first portion of the pre-transformed material comprises (i) an amount of the pre-transformed material, (ii) a fundamental length scale of one or more particles of the pre-transformed material, (iii) a velocity of a flow of pre-transformed material, and/or (iv) a chemical nature of the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the chemical nature comprises humidity or oxygen content. In some embodiments, the program instructions further the at least one computer to perform operation (c): directing a material dispenser within an enclosure to dispense a second portion of the pre-transformed material. To print at least a section of the three-dimensional object may comprise directing an energy beam to transform at least a portion of the material bed to form the at least a section of the three-dimensional object.

In another aspect, a device for directed traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the device comprises: a carriage (e.g., carrier); a wheel coupled to the carriage, the wheel configured to engage with a railing having a long axis along which the wheel is configured to traverse, the wheel configured to push debris away as it traverses along the railing, which coupling of the wheel to the carriage is configured to facilitate displacement along the long axis of the railing when a remainder of the debris along the railing has not been fully pushed away. In some embodiments, the processing chamber (I) is coupled to an ancillary chamber attached to it, the carriage being configured to be disposed in the ancillary chamber when idle, (II) is operatively coupled to a filtering system comprising a high-efficiency particulate arrestance (HEPA) filter, (III) is operatively coupled to a port flushing component configured to provide a flow of gas to flush material through the port lushing component, or (IV) any combination of (I) (II) and (III). In some embodiments, the dispenser utilizes a vibrational movement during operation to dispense pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to move abruptly to remove excess of pre-transformed material collected during operation. In some embodiments, the remover (i) is operatively coupled to an attractive force source sufficient to attract the pre-transformed material from the target surface, (ii) has a nozzle having an asymmetric vertical cross section, or (iii) any combination. In some embodiments, the railing has a vertical cross section that is convex. In some embodiments, the vertical cross section comprises an isosceles triangle, or substantially an isosceles triangle. In some embodiments, the wheel has a concave crevice along a curved external surface to compliment, or substantially complement, with the railing. In some embodiments, complementing the railing facilitates pushing away any debris accumulated on the railing during traversal of the wheel along the railing. In some embodiments, the concave crevice comprises a curvature that is configured to substantially complement a convex surface of the railing devoid of curvature. In some embodiments, the concave crevice is configured to minimally contact the railing. In some embodiments, the concave crevice comprises at least one curvature and where the railing is devoid of curvature. In some embodiments, the wheel has a concave crevice along its outer envelope. In some embodiments, the wheel is a wheel bearing. In some embodiments, the railing is configured to protect the wheel from the debris during its displacement along the railing, including when the wheel is not displaced along the railing (e.g., when the wheel is stationary along the railing). In some embodiments, the carriage is a compliant carriage. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to carry a layer dispensing mechanism configured to dispense a planar layer of pre-transformed material as part of a material bed from which one or more three-dimensional objects are printed in a printing cycle. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to move abruptly to remove excess of pre-transformed material collected during operation. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to carry one or more mechanisms comprises: a material dispenser, a material leveler, or a material remover. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to connect a plurality of wheels comprising the wheel. In some embodiments, the plurality of wheels is an odd number of wheels. In some embodiments, the plurality of wheels is an even number of wheels. In some embodiments, each pair of wheels in the plurality of wheels is coupled to a flexible coupler. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler comprises a spring. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler is elastically flexible. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a transparent material or an opaque material. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a window that facilitates maintenance. In some embodiments, maintenance comprises (i) maintenance of the carriage, (ii) maintenance of the flexible coupler, (iii) maintenance of one or more wheels, (iv) maintenance of the railing, or (v) maintenance of any other component of the device. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a crevice that is configured to engage with a stopper once the carriage reaches an end of the wheel, the stopper being configured to prevent the carriage from continuing translating beyond the stopper. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises wipers disposed at opposing sides of the wheel, the wipers being configured to wipe away the debris from the railing. In some embodiments, the opposing sides of the wheel are along the propagation direction of the wheel. In some embodiments, the wipers comprise a soft material. In some embodiments, the soft material comprises a sponge, or cloth. In some embodiments, the cloth comprises felt. In some embodiments, the carriage is operatively coupled to an actuator. In some embodiments, the actuator is disposed externally to the environment, and where the carriage comprises a clamp configured to engage with a belt that engages with a gear coupled to the actuator. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a motor. In some embodiments, the environment is enclosed in an enclosure. In some embodiments, the environment comprises a gas having at least one characteristic different from that of an ambient environment external to the enclosure. In some embodiments, the at least one characteristic comprising (i) a reactive agent, or (ii) a pressure. In some embodiments, the device is configured to operate under an atmosphere depleted of a reactive agent relative to its concentration in an ambient atmosphere external to the device, the reactive agent being configured to react with a reactive species at least during three-dimensional printing, the reactive species comprising the debris, a starting material of the three-dimensional printing, or a product of the three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the reactive agent comprises oxygen, or water. In some embodiments, the device is configured to operate under a positive pressured atmosphere relative to an ambient atmosphere external to the device. In some embodiments, the environment comprises an inert environment. In some embodiments, the environment is of a processing chamber of a three-dimensional printer. In some embodiments, the processing chamber (I) is coupled to an ancillary chamber attached to it, the carriage being configured to be disposed in the ancillary chamber when idle, (II) is operatively coupled to a filtering system comprising a high-efficiency particulate arrestance filter, (III) is operatively coupled to a port flushing component configured to provide a flow of gas to flush material through the port lushing component, or (IV) any combination of (I) (II) and (III). In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured to support positive pressure above ambient pressure external to the processing chamber. In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured to support positive pressure above about one atmosphere. In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured for layerwise printing of a three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional object comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printer is configured to use an energy beam comprising a laser beam or an electron gun. In some embodiments, the device is operatively coupled to an energy source and/or a scanner configured to direct an energy beam to impinge on the material bed during the three-dimensional printing to transform the pre-transformed material to the transformed material that forms at least a portion of a three-dimensional object, and where the energy beam has a beam profile configured to be altered at least one time during the printing. In some embodiments, during the printing comprises during printing of a layer of transformed material as part of a 3D object. In some embodiments, alteration of the beam profile comprises alteration of a type of the beam profile. In some embodiments, the type of the beam profile comprises: a gaussian beam profile, a top hat beam profile, or a doughnut beam profile. In some embodiments, the type of the beam profile comprises: (i) physical alteration or (ii) alteration via a computational scheme. In some embodiments, the debris comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the debris comprises soot, or unused starting material for a three-dimensional printing process. In some embodiments, the environment is of an enclosure comprising a processing chamber of a three-dimensional printer configured to print one or more three-dimensional objects. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate three-dimensional printing that comprises deposition of pre-transformed material on a target surface. In some embodiments, the target surface comprises (i) an exposed surface of a material bed or (ii) a surface of the build platform. In some embodiments, the device is configured to operatively couple to a remover configured to remove a portion of deposited pre-transformed material from the target surface to generate a planar layer of pre-transformed material as part of a material bed utilized for three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the remover (i) is operatively coupled to an attractive force source sufficient to attract the pre-transformed material from the target surface, (ii) has a nozzle having an asymmetric vertical cross section, or (iii) any combination of (i) and (ii). In some embodiments, (I) the attractive force comprises a magnetic, electric, electrostatic, or vacuum source, (II) the attractive force is sufficient to generate an exposed surface of a material bed that is planar or substantially planar when at least a portion of a three-dimensional object protrudes from the exposed surface, or (III) any combination of (I) and (II). In some embodiments, the remover is operatively coupled to an attractive force source sufficient to attract the pre-transformed material from the target surface. In some embodiments, the attractive force comprises a magnetic, electric, electrostatic, or vacuum source. In some embodiments, the attractive force comprises a vacuum source. In some embodiments, the device is configured to operatively couple to a recycling system that (i) recycles at least a fraction of a portion of the pre-transformed material removed by the remover and/or (ii) provides at least an other portion of the pre-transformed material utilized by a dispenser to which the device is operatively coupled to, the dispenser being configured to dispenser the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the portion removed by the remover is at least about 70%, 50% or 30% of the deposited pre-transformed material by a material dispenser to which the device is operatively coupled to. In some embodiments, the fraction recycled is at least about 70% or 90% of the portion removed by the remover. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate deposition of pre-transformed material on the target surface at least in part by layerwise deposition. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate deposition of pre-transformed material comprising powder material at least in part by being operatively coupled to a material dispenser. In some embodiments, the device is configured to deposit pre-transformed material comprising elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, or an allotrope of carbon. In some embodiments, the devise is configured to be disposed (e.g., be located) in a three-dimensional printer configured to facilitate gas flow away from the one or more optical windows and in a direction towards the build platform. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises extruding by an extruder to facilitate printing at least one three-dimensional object in a printing cycle. In some embodiments, the device is configured to comprise, or operatively coupled to, the extruder. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises arc welding. In some embodiments, arc welding is by an arc welder to facilitate printing the at least one three-dimensional object comprises: generating a powder stream and focusing an energy beam on the powder stream. In some embodiments, the device is configured to comprise, or operatively coupled to, the arc welder. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises connecting particulate matter to print the at least one three-dimensional object in a printing cycle. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the particulate matter is disposed in a material bed during the three-dimensional printing using a material dispenser operatively coupled to the device, the device being configured to operatively coupled to the material dispenser and facilitate its operation. In some embodiments, the particulate matter comprises a super alloy. In some embodiments, the super alloy comprises Inconel, In718, Ti64, F357, Haynes282, GRCop-42, C22, CA6NM, or Hastelloy-X. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises a fusing process. In some embodiments, fusing comprises (i) sintering, (ii) melting, (iii) smelting, or (iv) any combination of (i)-(iii). In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to couple to a dispenser configured to dispense pre-transformed material (e.g., starting material) as part of a three-dimensional printing process. In some embodiments, dispensing pre-transformed material at least in part generates a material bed formed on a surface of a build platform. In some embodiments, the build platform comprises at least one fundamental length scale having a value of at least about 400 mm, 600 mm, 1000 mm, 1200 mm, 1500 mm, or 1750 mm. In some embodiments, the build platform is configured to support a weight of at least about 1000 kg. In some embodiments, the build platform is configured for vertical translation having an error in vertical positioning of the vertical translation at most about 10%, 5%, or 2% of the vertical translation of the build platform. In some embodiments, the build platform is disposed in a build module comprising a seal that is a hermetic seal, the device being configured to operatively couple to the build module. In some embodiments, the seal is a gas tight seal. In some embodiments, the seal is configured to facilitate retaining for a time period an internal atmosphere in the build module that is different from an ambient atmosphere external to the build module. In some embodiments, the time period is at least a same or greater value than a time period to remove the three-dimensional objects from the build module body. In some embodiments, the internal atmosphere comprises (i) a positive pressure within the build module body relative to the ambient atmosphere or (ii) a reactive agent at a concentration lower than its concentration in the ambient atmosphere, the reactive agent being configured to at least react with reactive species during the three-dimensional printing, the reactive species comprising (a) the debris or (b) pre-transformed material of three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the positive pressure is of at least about 10 kilopascals (KPa), 15 KPa, or 20 KPa above the ambient pressure. In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material comprises powder. In some embodiments, the pre-transformed comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. device where the dispenser is configured to dispense the pre-transformed material to generate, or add to, a material bed. In some embodiments, the dispenser utilizes a vibrational movement during operation to dispense pre-transformed material.

In another aspect, an apparatus for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to control, or direct control of, any of the above devices; where the at least one controller is configured to (i) operatively couple to the carriage, the wheel, and the railing, and (ii) direct movement of the carriage, the wheel and the railing. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to (I) operatively couple to and (II) direct: a plurality of wheels, an actuator, a motor, an energy beam, and/or a dispenser. For example, an apparatus for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the apparatus comprising at least one controller operatively coupled to a carriage, which at least one controller is configured to: direct the carriage having a wheel coupled thereto to engage with a railing having a long axis along which the wheel is configured to traverse, the wheel configured to push debris away as it traverses along the railing, which coupling of the wheel to the carriage is configured to facilitate displacement along the long axis of the railing when a remainder of the debris along the railing has not been fully pushed away.

In another aspect, non-transitory computer readable program instructions for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the non-transitory computer readable program instructions, when read by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to execute operations comprising controlling, or directing control of, any of the above devices, where the one or more processors are configured to (i) operatively couple to the carriage, the wheel, and the railing, and (ii) direct movement of the carriage, the wheel, and the railing. In some embodiments, the one or more processors are configured to operatively couple to: a plurality of wheels, an actuator, a motor, an energy beam and/or a dispenser, and where the program instructions are configured to respectively direct movement of the plurality of wheels, the actuator, the motor, the energy beam and/or the dispenser. For example, non-transitory computer readable program instructions for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the non-transitory computer readable program instructions, when read by one or more processors operatively coupled to a carriage, cause the one or more processors to execute operations comprising: directing the carriage having a wheel coupled thereto to engage with a railing having a long axis along which the wheel is configured to traverse, the wheel configured to push debris away as it traverses along the railing, which coupling of the wheel to the carriage is configured to facilitate displacement along the long axis of the railing when a remainder of the debris along the railing has not been fully pushed away.

In another aspect, a method for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the method (i) employing any of the above devices and/or (ii) executing, or directing execution of, one or more operations of any of the devices. For example, a method for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the method comprises: traversing a wheel, coupled to a carriage, along a long axis of a railing, the wheel pushing debris away as it traverses along the railing, which coupling of the wheel to the carriage facilitates displacement along the long axis of the railing when a remainder of the debris along the railing has not been fully pushed away. In some embodiments, the processing chamber (I) is coupled to an ancillary chamber attached to it, the carriage being configured to be disposed in the ancillary chamber when idle, (II) is operatively coupled to a filtering system comprising a high-efficiency particulate arrestance (HEPA) filter, (III) is operatively coupled to a port flushing component configured to provide a flow of gas to flush material through the port lushing component, or (IV) any combination of (I) (II) and (III). In some embodiments, the dispenser utilizes a vibrational movement during operation to dispense pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to move abruptly to remove excess of pre-transformed material collected during operation. In some embodiments, the remover (i) is operatively coupled to an attractive force source sufficient to attract the pre-transformed material from the target surface, (ii) has a nozzle having an asymmetric vertical cross section, or (iii) any combination of (i) and (ii). In some embodiments, the shield comprises portions disposed on at least two parallel vertical planes. In some embodiments, the at least two of the layers are being overlapped in a direction perpendicular, or substantially perpendicular, to the long axis. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the layers are disposed on at least two parallel vertical planes. In some embodiments, the device comprises a first side and an opposing second side that are disposed in the direction perpendicular, or substantially perpendicular, to the long axis of the railing, the first side being devoid of the layers disposed on the second side. In some embodiments, the device is configured to allow the wheel to engage with the railing inside the device while the carriage is engaged with at least one of the layers during traversal of the wheel along the railing. In some embodiments, the layers form a labyrinth like structure to obstruct and/or shield from entry of the debris to the railing disposed in the device. In some embodiments, the railing comprises elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, or an allotrope of elemental carbon. In some embodiments, the railing has a vertical cross section that is convex. In some embodiments, the vertical cross section comprises an isosceles triangle, or substantially an isosceles triangle. In some embodiments, the wheel has a concave crevice along a curved external surface to compliment, or substantially complement, with the railing. In some embodiments, complementing the railing facilitates pushing away any debris accumulated on the railing during traversal of the wheel along the railing. In some embodiments, the concave crevice comprises a curvature that is configured to substantially complement a convex surface of the railing devoid of curvature. In some embodiments, the concave crevice is configured to minimally contact the railing. In some embodiments, the concave crevice comprises at least one curvature and where the railing is devoid of curvature. In some embodiments, the wheel has a concave crevice along its outer envelope. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to carry a layer dispensing mechanism configured to dispense a planar layer of pre-transformed material as part of a material bed from which one or more three-dimensional objects are printed in a printing cycle. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to move abruptly to remove excess of pre-transformed material collected during operation. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to carry one or more mechanisms comprises: a material dispenser, a material leveler, or a material remover. In some embodiments, the wheel is a wheel bearing. In some embodiments, the railing is configured to protect the wheel from the debris during its displacement along the railing, including when the wheel is not displaced along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage is a compliant carriage. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to connect a plurality of wheels comprising the wheel. In some embodiments, the plurality of wheels is an odd number of wheels. In some embodiments, the plurality of wheels is an even number of wheels. In some embodiments, each pair of wheels in the plurality of wheels is coupled to a flexible coupler. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler comprises a spring. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler is elastically flexible. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a transparent material or an opaque material. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a window that facilitates maintenance. In some embodiments, maintenance comprises (i) maintenance of the carriage, (ii) maintenance of the flexible coupler, (iii) maintenance of one or more wheels, (iv) maintenance of the railing, or (v) maintenance of any other component of the device. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a crevice that is configured to engage with a stopper once the carriage reaches an end of the wheel, the stopper being configured to prevent the carriage from continuing translating beyond the stopper. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises wipers disposed at opposing sides of the wheel, the wipers being configured to wipe away the debris from the railing. In some embodiments, the opposing sides of the wheel are along the propagation direction of the wheel. In some embodiments, the wipers comprise a soft material. In some embodiments, the soft material comprises a sponge, or cloth. In some embodiments, the cloth comprises felt. In some embodiments, the carriage is operatively coupled to an actuator. In some embodiments, the actuator is disposed externally to the environment, and where the carriage comprises a clamp configured to engage with a belt that engages with a gear coupled to the actuator. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a motor. In some embodiments, the environment comprises a gas having at least one characteristic different from that of an ambient environment external to the enclosure. In some embodiments, the at least one characteristic comprising (i) a reactive agent, or (ii) a pressure. In some embodiments, the device is configured to operate under an atmosphere depleted of a reactive agent relative to its concentration in an ambient atmosphere external to the device, the reactive agent being configured to react with a reactive species at least during three-dimensional printing, the reactive species comprising the debris, a starting material of the three-dimensional printing, or a product of the three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the reactive agent comprises oxygen, or water. In some embodiments, the environment comprises an inert environment. In some embodiments, the environment is of a processing chamber of a three-dimensional printer. In some embodiments, the processing chamber (I) is coupled to an ancillary chamber attached to it, the carriage being configured to be disposed in the ancillary chamber when idle, (II) is operatively coupled to a filtering system comprising a high-efficiency particulate arrestance filter, (III) is operatively coupled to a port flushing component configured to provide a flow of gas to flush material through the port lushing component, or (IV) any combination of (I) (II) and (III). In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured to support positive pressure above ambient pressure external to the processing chamber. In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured to support positive pressure above one atmosphere. In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured to layerwise print a three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional object comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printer is configured to use an energy beam comprising a laser beam or an electron gun. In some embodiments, the device comprises, or is operatively coupled to, an energy source and/or a scanner configured to direct an energy beam to impinge on the material bed during the three-dimensional printing to transform the pre-transformed material to the transformed material that forms at least a portion of a three-dimensional object, and where the energy beam has a beam profile configured to be altered at least one time during the printing. In some embodiments, during the printing comprises during printing of a layer of transformed material as part of a three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, alteration of the beam profile comprises alteration of a type of the beam profile. In some embodiments, the type of the beam profile comprises: a gaussian beam profile, a top hat beam profile, or a doughnut beam profile. In some embodiments, the type of the beam profile comprises: (i) physical alteration or (ii) alteration via a computational scheme. In some embodiments, the debris comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the debris comprises soot, or unused starting material of a three-dimensional printing process. In some embodiments, the environment comprises a processing chamber of a three-dimensional printer configured to print one or more three-dimensional objects in a printing cycle. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to couple to a dispenser configured to dispense pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material comprises powder. In some embodiments, the pre-transformed comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the dispenser is configured to dispense the pre-transformed material to generate, or add to, a powder bed. In some embodiments, the dispenser utilizes a vibrational movement during operation to dispense pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate three-dimensional printing that comprises deposition of pre-transformed material on a target surface. In some embodiments, the target surface comprises (i) an exposed surface of a material bed or (ii) a surface of the build platform. In some embodiments, the device is configured to operatively couple to a remover configured to remove a portion of deposited pre-transformed material from the target surface to generate a planar layer of pre-transformed material as part of a material bed utilized for three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the remover (i) is operatively coupled to an attractive force source sufficient to attract the pre-transformed material from the target surface, (ii) has a nozzle having an asymmetric vertical cross section, or (iii) any combination of (i) and (ii). In some embodiments, (I) the attractive force comprises a magnetic, electric, electrostatic, or vacuum source, (II) the attractive force is sufficient to generate an exposed surface of a material bed that is planar or substantially planar when at least a portion of a three-dimensional object protrudes from the exposed surface, or (III) any combination of (I) and (II). In some embodiments, the device is configured to operatively couple to a recycling system that (i) recycles at least a fraction of a portion of the pre-transformed material removed by the remover and/or (ii) provides at least an other portion of the pre-transformed material utilized by a dispenser to which the device is operatively coupled to, the dispenser being configured to dispenser the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the portion removed by the remover is at least about 70%, 50% or 30% of the deposited pre-transformed material by a material dispenser to which the device is operatively coupled to. In some embodiments, the fraction recycled is at least about 70% or 90% of the portion removed by the remover. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate deposition of pre-transformed material on the target surface at least in part by layerwise deposition. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate deposition of pre-transformed material comprising powder material at least in part by being operatively coupled to a material dispenser. In some embodiments, the device is configured to deposit pre-transformed material comprising elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, or an allotrope of carbon. In some embodiments, the devise is configured to be disposed in a three-dimensional printer configured to facilitate gas flow away from the one or more optical windows and in a direction towards the build platform. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises extruding by an extruder to facilitate printing at least one three-dimensional object in a printing cycle. In some embodiments, the device is configured to comprise, or operatively coupled to, the extruder. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises arc welding. In some embodiments, arc welding is by an arc welder to facilitate printing the at least one three-dimensional object comprises: generating a powder stream and focusing an energy beam on the powder stream. In some embodiments, the device is configured to comprise, or operatively coupled to, the arc welder. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises connecting particulate matter to print the at least one three-dimensional object in a printing cycle. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the particulate matter is disposed in a material bed during the three-dimensional printing using a material dispenser operatively coupled to the device, the device being configured to operatively coupled to the material dispenser and facilitate its operation. In some embodiments, the particulate matter comprises a super alloy. In some embodiments, the super alloy comprises Inconel, In718, Ti64, F357, Haynes282, GRCop-42, C22, CA6NM, or Hastelloy-X. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises a fusing process. In some embodiments, fusing comprises (i) sintering, (ii) melting, (iii) smelting, or (iv) any combination of (i)-(iii). In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to couple to a dispenser configured to dispense pre-transformed material (e.g., starting material) as part of a three-dimensional printing process. In some embodiments, dispense pre-transformed material at least in part generates a material bed formed on a surface of a build platform. In some embodiments, the build platform comprises at least one fundamental length scale having a value of at least about 400 mm, 600 mm, 1000 mm, 1200 mm, 1500 mm, or 1750 mm. In some embodiments, the build platform is configured to support a weight of at least about 1000 kg. In some embodiments, the build platform is configured for vertical translation having an error in vertical positioning of the vertical translation at most about 10%, 5%, or 2% of the vertical translation of the build platform. In some embodiments, the build platform is disposed in a build module comprising a seal that is a hermetic seal, the device being configured to operatively couple to the build module. In some embodiments, the seal is a gas tight seal. In some embodiments, the seal is configured to facilitate retaining for a time period an internal atmosphere in the build module that is different from an ambient atmosphere external to the build module. In some embodiments, the time period is at least a same or greater value than a time period to remove the three-dimensional objects from the build module body. In some embodiments, the internal atmosphere comprises (i) a positive pressure within the build module body relative to the ambient atmosphere or (ii) a reactive agent at a concentration lower than its concentration in the ambient atmosphere, the reactive agent being configured to at least react with reactive species during the three-dimensional printing, the reactive species comprising (a) the debris or (b) pre-transformed material of three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the positive pressure is of at least about 10 kilopascals (KPa), 15 KPa, or 20 KPa above the ambient pressure.

In another aspect, an apparatus for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to control, or direct control of, any of the above devices; where the at least one controller is configured to (i) operatively couple to a carriage, a wheel, a railing and a shield (e.g., a covering), and (ii) direct movement of the carriage, the wheel, the railing and the shield. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to (I) operatively couple to and (II) direct: an actuator, a motor, an energy beam and/or a dispenser. For example, an apparatus for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to: direct control of a shield (e.g., a covering) coupled to a railing, which shield is configured protect a wheel from the debris during displacement of the wheel along the railing, which wheel is (i) coupled to a carriage and (ii) configured to engage with the railing along which the wheel is configured to directionally traverse along a long axis of the railing, the shield configured to protect the wheel from the debris by having layers that are spaced, non-contacting, and overlapping, which layers form at least one cavity in which the wheel traverses along the railing, which overlapping layers overlap in a direction different from that of the long axis.

In another aspect, non-transitory computer readable program instructions for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the non-transitory computer readable program instructions, when read by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to execute operations comprising controlling, or directing control of, any of the above devices; where the one or more processors are configured to operatively couple to: a carriage. In some embodiments, the one or more processors are configured to operatively couple to: an actuator, a motor, an energy beam and/or a dispenser. For example, non-transitory computer readable program instructions for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the non-transitory computer readable program instructions, when read by one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to execute operations comprises: directing control of a shield (e.g., a covering) coupled to a railing, which shield is configured protect a wheel from the debris during displacement of the wheel along the railing which wheel is (i) coupled to a carriage and (ii) engages with the railing along which the wheel directionally traverses along a long axis of the railing, the shield configured to protect the wheel from the debris by having layers that are spaced, non-contacting, and overlapping, which layers form at least one cavity in which the wheel traverses along the railing, which overlapping layers overlap in a direction different from that of the long axis.

In another aspect, a method for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the method (i) employing any of the above devices and/or (ii) executing, or directing execution of, one or more operations of the devices. For example, a method for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the method comprises: displacing a wheel along a railing while protecting the wheel from the debris with a shield (e.g., a covering) coupled to the railing, which wheel is (i) coupled to a carriage and (ii) engages with the railing along which the wheel directionally traverses along a long axis of the railing, the shield protecting the wheel from the debris by having layers that are spaced, non-contacting, and overlapping, which layers form at least one cavity in which the wheel traverses along the railing, which overlapping layers overlap in a direction different from that of the long axis.

In another aspect, a device for directed traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the device comprises: a flexible coupler configured to couple wheels including a first wheel and a second wheel, the flexible coupler configured to facilitate travel of the wheels along a long axis of a railing that is imperfect and/or is contaminated by the debris, the wheels being (i) coupled to a carriage by the flexible coupler and (ii) configured to engage with the railing along which the wheels are configured to directionally traverse, the flexible coupler is configured to facilitate bearing loads that are even or substantially even, the bearing loads being on the wheels as they travel along the railing. In some embodiments, the processing chamber (I) is coupled to an ancillary chamber attached to it, the carriage being configured to be disposed in the ancillary chamber when idle, (II) is operatively coupled to a filtering system comprising a high-efficiency particulate arrestance (HEPA) filter, (III) is operatively coupled to a port flushing component configured to provide a flow of gas to flush material through the port lushing component, or (IV) any combination of (I) (II) and (III). In some embodiments, the dispenser utilizes a vibrational movement during operation to dispense pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to move abruptly to remove excess of pre-transformed material collected during operation. In some embodiments, the remover (i) is operatively coupled to an attractive force source sufficient to attract the pre-transformed material from the target surface, (ii) has a nozzle having an asymmetric vertical cross section, or (iii) any combination of (i) and (ii). In some embodiments, the railing has (a) a variability in linearity of at most about 0.05 millimeters and/or (b) a variability in planarity of at most about 0.05 millimeters. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler comprises an elemental metal, or metal alloy. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler comprises aluminum. In some embodiments, the aluminum is a cast aluminum. In some embodiments, the aluminum comprises 771 TC Aluminum. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to carry a layer dispensing mechanism configured to dispense a planar layer of pre-transformed material as part of a material bed from which one or more three-dimensional objects are printed in a printing cycle. device where the layer dispensing mechanism is configured to move abruptly to remove excess of pre-transformed material collected during operation. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to carry one or more mechanisms comprises: a material dispenser, a material leveler, or a material remover. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler comprises one or more holes configured for one or more fasteners configured to couple the flexible coupler to the carriage. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler has a first end having a first hole and a second end having a second hole, the first end opposing the second end, the first hole being configured to connect to the first wheel, and second end being configured to connect to the second wheel. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler comprises (a) a first arm ending by a first end, and (b) a second arm ending by a second end opposing the first end, the first arm being separated from the second arm by a middle section configured to couple to the carriage. In some embodiments, the middle section is taller than the arms. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler has one width, one length, and a variability in height, the variability being along its length. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler comprises at least one dimension comprising a width or a height, with each of the at least one dimension being smaller than a length of the flexible coupler. In some embodiments, the railing has a vertical cross section that is convex. In some embodiments, the vertical cross section comprises an isosceles triangle, or substantially an isosceles triangle. In some embodiments, the wheel has a concave crevice along a curved external surface to compliment, or substantially complement, with the railing. In some embodiments, complementing the railing facilitates pushing away any debris accumulated on the railing during traversal of the wheel along the railing. In some embodiments, the concave crevice comprises a curvature that is configured to substantially complement a convex surface of the railing devoid of curvature. In some embodiments, the concave crevice is configured to minimally contact the railing. In some embodiments, the concave crevice comprises at least one curvature and where the railing is devoid of curvature. In some embodiments, the wheel has a concave crevice along its outer envelope. In some embodiments, the wheel is a wheel bearing. In some embodiments, the railing is configured to protect the wheel from the debris during its displacement along the railing, including when the wheel is not displaced along the railing. In some embodiments, the carriage is a compliant carriage. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to connect a plurality of wheels comprising the wheel. In some embodiments, the plurality of wheels is an odd number of wheels. In some embodiments, the plurality of wheels is an even number of wheels. In some embodiments, each pair of wheels in the plurality of wheels is coupled to the flexible coupler. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler comprises a spring. In some embodiments, the flexible coupler is elastically flexible. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a transparent material or an opaque material. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a window that facilitates maintenance. In some embodiments, maintenance comprises (i) maintenance of the carriage, (ii) maintenance of the flexible coupler, (iii) maintenance of one or more wheels, (iv) maintenance of the railing, or (v) maintenance of any other component of the device. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises a crevice that is configured to engage with a stopper once the carriage reaches an end of the wheel, the stopper being configured to prevent the carriage from continuing translating beyond the stopper. In some embodiments, the carriage comprises wipers disposed at opposing sides of the wheel, the wipers being configured to wipe away the debris from the railing. In some embodiments, the opposing sides of the wheel are along the propagation direction of the wheel. In some embodiments, the wipers comprise a soft material. In some embodiments, the soft material comprises a sponge, or cloth. In some embodiments, the cloth comprises felt. In some embodiments, the carriage is operatively coupled to an actuator. In some embodiments, the actuator is disposed externally to the environment, and where the carriage comprises a clamp configured to engage with a belt that engages with a gear coupled to the actuator. In some embodiments, the actuator comprises a motor. In some embodiments, the environment comprises a gas having at least one characteristic different from that of an ambient environment external to the enclosure. In some embodiments, the at least one characteristic comprising (i) a reactive agent, or (ii) a pressure. In some embodiments, the device is configured to operate under an atmosphere depleted of a reactive agent relative to its concentration in an ambient atmosphere external to the device, the reactive agent being configured to react with a reactive species at least during three-dimensional printing, the reactive species comprising the debris, a starting material of the three-dimensional printing, or a product of the three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the reactive agent comprises oxygen, or water. In some embodiments, the environment comprises an inert environment. In some embodiments, the environment is of a processing chamber of a three-dimensional printer. In some embodiments, the processing chamber (I) is coupled to an ancillary chamber attached to it, the carriage being configured to be disposed in the ancillary chamber when idle, (II) is operatively coupled to a filtering system comprising a high-efficiency particulate arrestance filter, (III) is operatively coupled to a port flushing component configured to provide a flow of gas to flush material through the port lushing component, or (IV) any combination of (I) (II) and (III). In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured to support positive pressure above ambient pressure external to the processing chamber. In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured to support positive pressure above one atmosphere. In some embodiments, the processing chamber is configured for layerwise printing of a three-dimensional object. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional object comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printer is configured to use an energy beam comprising a laser beam or an electron gun. In some embodiments, the debris comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the debris comprises soot, or unused powder. In some embodiments, the environment comprises a processing chamber of a three-dimensional printer configured to print one or more three-dimensional objects in a printing cycle. In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to couple to a dispenser configured to dispense pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material comprises powder. In some embodiments, the pre-transformed comprises an elemental metal, metal alloy, an allotrope of elemental carbon, or a ceramic. In some embodiments, the dispenser is configured to dispense the pre-transformed material to generate, or add to, a powder bed. In some embodiments, the dispenser utilizes a vibrational movement during operation to dispense pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate three-dimensional printing that comprises deposition of pre-transformed material on a target surface. In some embodiments, the target surface comprises (i) an exposed surface of a material bed or (ii) a surface of the build platform. In some embodiments, the device is configured to operatively couple to a remover configured to remove a portion of deposited pre-transformed material from the target surface to generate a planar layer of pre-transformed material as part of a material bed utilized for three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the remover (i) is operatively coupled to an attractive force source sufficient to attract the pre-transformed material from the target surface, (ii) has a nozzle having an asymmetric vertical cross section, or (iii) any combination of (i) and (ii). In some embodiments, (I) the attractive force comprises a magnetic, electric, electrostatic, or vacuum source, (II) the attractive force is sufficient to generate an exposed surface of a material bed that is planar or substantially planar when at least a portion of a three-dimensional object protrudes from the exposed surface, or (III) any combination of (I) and (II). In some embodiments, the remover is operatively coupled to an attractive force source sufficient to attract the pre-transformed material from the target surface. In some embodiments, the attractive force comprises a magnetic, electric, electrostatic, or vacuum source. In some embodiments, the attractive force comprises a vacuum source. In some embodiments, the device is configured to operatively couple to a recycling system that (i) recycles at least a fraction of a portion of the pre-transformed material removed by the remover and/or (ii) provides at least an other portion of the pre-transformed material utilized by a dispenser to which the device is operatively coupled to, the dispenser being configured to dispenser the pre-transformed material. In some embodiments, the portion removed by the remover is at least about 70%, 50% or 30% of the deposited pre-transformed material by a material dispenser to which the device is operatively coupled to. In some embodiments, the fraction recycled is at least about 70% or 90% of the portion removed by the remover. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate deposition of pre-transformed material on the target surface at least in part by layerwise deposition. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate deposition of pre-transformed material comprising powder material at least in part by being operatively coupled to a material dispenser. In some embodiments, the device is configured to deposit pre-transformed material comprising elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, or an allotrope of carbon. In some embodiments, the devise is configured to be disposed in a three-dimensional printer configured to facilitate gas flow away from the one or more optical windows and in a direction towards the build platform. In some embodiments, the device is configured to facilitate three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises extruding by an extruder to facilitate printing at least one three-dimensional object in a printing cycle. In some embodiments, the device is configured to comprise, or operatively coupled to, the extruder. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises arc welding. In some embodiments, arc welding is by an arc welder to facilitate printing the at least one three-dimensional object comprises: generating a powder stream and focusing an energy beam on the powder stream. In some embodiments, the device is configured to comprise, or operatively coupled to, the arc welder. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises connecting particulate matter to print the at least one three-dimensional object in a printing cycle. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the particulate matter is disposed in a material bed during the three-dimensional printing using a material dispenser operatively coupled to the device, the device being configured to operatively coupled to the material dispenser and facilitate its operation. In some embodiments, the particulate matter comprises a super alloy. In some embodiments, the super alloy comprises Inconel, In718, Ti64, F357, Haynes282, GRCop-42, C22, CA6NM, or Hastelloy-X. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional printing comprises a fusing process. In some embodiments, fusing comprises (i) sintering, (ii) melting, (iii) smelting, or (iv) any combination of (i)-(iii). In some embodiments, the carriage is configured to couple to a dispenser configured to dispense pre-transformed material (e.g., starting material) as part of a three-dimensional printing process. In some embodiments, dispense pre-transformed material at least in part generates a material bed formed on a surface of a build platform. In some embodiments, the build platform comprises at least one fundamental length scale having a value of at least about 400 mm, 600 mm, 1000 mm, 1200 mm, 1500 mm, or 1750 mm. In some embodiments, the build platform is configured to support a weight of at least about 1000 kg. In some embodiments, the build platform is configured for vertical translation having an error in vertical positioning of the vertical translation at most about 10%, 5%, or 2% of the vertical translation of the build platform. In some embodiments, the build platform is disposed in a build module comprising a seal that is a hermetic seal, the device being configured to operatively couple to the build module. In some embodiments, the seal is a gas tight seal. In some embodiments, the seal is configured to facilitate retaining for a time period an internal atmosphere in the build module that is different from an ambient atmosphere external to the build module. In some embodiments, the time period is at least a same or greater value than a time period to remove the three-dimensional objects from the build module body. In some embodiments, the internal atmosphere comprises (i) a positive pressure within the build module body relative to the ambient atmosphere or (ii) a reactive agent at a concentration lower than its concentration in the ambient atmosphere, the reactive agent being configured to at least react with reactive species during the three-dimensional printing, the reactive species comprising (a) the debris or (b) pre-transformed material of three-dimensional printing. In some embodiments, the positive pressure is of at least about 10 kilopascals (KPa), 15 KPa, or 20 KPa above the ambient pressure.

In another aspect, an apparatus for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to control, or direct control of, any of the above devices; where the at least one controller is configured to (i) operatively couple to a carriage, first and second wheels, a railing and a flexible coupler, and (ii) direct movement of the carriage, the first and second wheels, the railing and the flexible coupler. In some embodiments, the at least one controller is configured to (I) operatively couple to and (II) direct: an actuator, a motor, an energy beam, and/or a dispenser. For example, an apparatus for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the apparatus comprising at least one controller configured to: direct control of a carriage coupled to a first and a second wheel, which first and second wheels are configured to be coupled to a flexible coupler, the flexible coupler configured to facilitate travel of the wheels along a long axis of a railing that is imperfect and/or is contaminated by the debris, which wheels are configured to engage with the railing along which the wheels are configured to directionally traverse, the flexible coupler is configured to facilitate even bearing loads on the wheels as they travel along the railing.

In another aspect, non-transitory computer readable program instructions for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the non-transitory computer readable program instructions, when read by one or more processors, cause one or more processors to execute operations comprising: controlling, or directing control of, any of the above devices) directing movement of a carriage. In some embodiments, the one or more processors are configured to operatively couple to: an actuator, a motor, an energy beam and/or a dispenser, and where the program instructions are configured to respectively direct the actuator, the motor, the energy beam and/or the dispenser. For example, non-transitory computer readable program instructions for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the non-transitory computer readable program instructions, when read by one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to execute operations comprising: directing control of a carriage coupled to a first and a second wheel, which first and second wheels are configured to be coupled to a flexible coupler, the flexible coupler configured to facilitate travel of the wheels along a long axis of a railing that is imperfect and/or is contaminated by the debris, which wheels (i) are coupled to a carriage by the flexible coupler and (ii) are configured to engage with the railing along which the wheels are configured to directionally traverse, the flexible coupler is configured to facilitate even bearing loads on the wheels as they travel along the railing.

In another aspect, a method for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the method (i) employing any of the above devices, and/or (ii) executing, or directing execution or, one or more operations of any of the devices. For example, a method for directing traversal in an environment contaminated by debris, the method comprises: travelling of a first wheel and a second wheel, which first and second wheels are coupled with a flexible coupler, along a long axis of a railing, the flexible coupler facilitating the travel of the first and second wheels along the long axis of the railing that is imperfect and/or is contaminated by the debris, which wheels (i) are coupled to a carriage by the flexible coupler and (ii) engage with the railing along which the wheels directionally traverse, the flexible coupler facilitating even bearing loads on the wheels as they travel along the railing.

In another aspect, a system for effectuating the methods, operations of an apparatus, operation of a device, and/or operations inscribed by a non-transitory computer readable program instructions (e.g., inscribed on a media/medium), disclosed herein.

In another aspect, device(s) (e.g., apparatus) for effectuating the methods, operations of an apparatus, and/or operations inscribed by a non-transitory computer readable program instructions (e.g., inscribed on a media/medium).

In another aspect, a system for effectuating the methods, operations of the device, operations of the apparatus, and/or operations inscribed by non-transitory computer readable program instructions (e.g., inscribed on a media/medium), disclosed herein.

In other aspects, device(s) (e.g., apparatus) for effectuating the methods, operations of an apparatus, and/or operations inscribed by non-transitory computer readable program instructions, e.g., inscribed on a media/medium.

In other aspects, systems, apparatuses (e.g., controller(s)), and/or non-transitory computer-readable program instructions (e.g., software) that implement any of the methods disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the program instructions are inscribed on at least one medium, e.g., on a medium or on media.

In other aspects, methods, systems, apparatuses (e.g., controller(s)), and/or non-transitory computer-readable program instructions (e.g., software) that implement any of the devices disclosed herein and/or any operation of these devices. In some embodiments, the program instructions is inscribed on at least one medium (e.g., on a medium or on media).

Another aspect of the present disclosure provides methods, systems, apparatuses (e.g., controller(s)), and/or non-transitory computer-readable program instructions (e.g., software) that implement any operation associated with any of the devices disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the program instructions is inscribed on at least one medium (e.g., on a medium or on media).

In another aspect, an apparatus (e.g., for printing one or more 3D objects) comprises at least one controller that is configured (e.g., programmed) to direct a mechanism used in a 3D printing methodology to implement (e.g., effectuate) any of the method and/or operations disclosed herein, wherein the controller(s) is operatively coupled to the mechanism. In some embodiments, the controller(s) implements any of the methods and/or operations disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the at least one controller comprises, or be operatively coupled to, a hierarchical control system. In some embodiments, the hierarchical control system comprises at least three, four, or five, control levels.

In another aspect, an apparatus (e.g., for printing one or more 3D objects) comprises at least one controller that is configured (e.g., programmed) to implement (e.g., effectuate), or direct implementation of, the method, process, and/or operation disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the at least one controller implements any of the methods, processes, and/or operations disclosed herein.

In another aspect, non-transitory computer readable program instructions (e.g., for printing one or more 3D objects), when read by one or more processors, are configured to execute, or direct execution of, the method, process, and/or operation disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the at least one controller implements any of the methods, processes, and/or operations disclosed herein. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the one or more processors is part of a 3D printer, outside of the 3D printer, in a location remote from the 3D printer (e.g., in the cloud).

In another aspect, a system for printing one or more 3D objects comprises an apparatus (e.g., used in a 3D printing methodology) and at least one controller that is configured (e.g., programmed) to direct operation of the apparatus, wherein the at least one controller is operatively coupled to the apparatus. In some embodiments, the apparatus includes any apparatus or device disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the at least one controller implements, or direct implementation of, any of the methods disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the at least one controller directs any apparatus (or component thereof) disclosed herein.

In some embodiments, at least two of operations of the apparatus are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two of operations of the apparatus are directed by different controllers.

In some embodiments, at least operations (e.g., instructions) are carried out by the same processor and/or by the same sub-computer software product. In some embodiments, at least two of operations (e.g., instructions) are carried out by different processors and/or sub-computer software products.

In another aspect, a computer software product, comprising a (e.g., non-transitory) computer-readable medium/media in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a computer, cause the computer to direct a mechanism used in the 3D printing process to implement (e.g., effectuate) any of the method disclosed herein, wherein the non-transitory computer-readable medium is operatively coupled to the mechanism. In some embodiments, the mechanism comprises an apparatus or an apparatus component.

In another aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable medium/media comprising machine-executable code that, upon execution by one or more computer processors, implements any of the methods and/or operations disclosed herein.

In another aspect, a non-transitory computer-readable medium/media comprising machine-executable code that, upon execution by one or more computer processors, effectuates directions of the controller(s) (e.g., as disclosed herein).

In another aspect, a computer system comprising one or more computer processors and a non-transitory computer-readable medium coupled thereto. In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable medium comprises machine-executable code that, upon execution by the one or more computer processors, implements any of the methods disclosed herein and/or effectuates directions of the controller(s) disclosed herein.

In another aspect, a method for three-dimensional printing, the method comprises executing one or more operations associated with at least one configuration of the device(s) disclosed herein.

In another aspect, an apparatus for three-dimensional printing, the apparatus comprising at least one controller is configured (i) operatively couple to the device, and (ii) direct executing one or more operations associated with at least one configuration of the device(s) disclosed herein.

In another aspect, non-transitory computer readable program instructions for three-dimensional printing, the non-transitory computer readable program instructions, when read by one or more processors operatively coupled to the device, cause the one or more processors to direct executing one or more operations associated with at least one configuration of the device(s) disclosed herein.

The various embodiments in any of the above aspects are combinable, as appropriate.

Additional aspects and advantages of the present disclosure will become readily apparent to those skilled in this art from the following detailed description, wherein only illustrative embodiments of the present disclosure are shown and described. As will be realized, the present disclosure is capable of other and different embodiments, and its several details are capable of modifications in various obvious respects, all without departing from the disclosure. Accordingly, the drawings and description are to be regarded as illustrative in nature, and not as restrictive.

All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the invention are utilized, and the accompanying drawings or figures (also “FIG.” and “FIGS.” herein), of which:

FIG. 1 schematically illustrates a side view of a three-dimensional (3D) printing system and its components;

FIG. 2 schematically illustrates a side view of a 3D printing system and its components;

FIGS. 3 A and 3 B schematically illustrate side views of a 3D printing systems and their components;

FIG. 4 schematically illustrates a side view of components in a 3D printing system;

FIG. 5 schematically illustrates a computer control system that is programmed or otherwise configured to facilitate the formation of one or more 3D objects;

FIG. 6 schematically illustrates a processor and 3D printer architecture that facilitates the formation of one or more 3D objects;

FIG. 7 shows a horizontal view of a 3D object;

FIG. 8 schematically illustrates a 3D object;

FIG. 9 illustrates a path;

FIG. 10 illustrates various paths;

FIG. 11 schematically illustrates a side view of a 3D printing system and its components;

FIG. 12 schematically illustrates a side view of a 3D printing system and its components;

FIG. 13 schematically illustrates a side view of components in a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 14 A and 14 B schematically illustrate various views of components of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 15 schematically illustrates a top view of components of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 16 schematically illustrates various views of components in a 3D printing system;

FIG. 17 schematically illustrates a side view of various components of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 18 A- 18 C schematically illustrate various side views of a component of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 19 A- 19 C schematically illustrates a side view of a component in various configurations, of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 20 A- 20 C schematically illustrate a movement of a component of a 3D printing system, and FIGS. 20 D- 20 E schematically illustrates various graphs associated with a movement of a component of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 21 A- 21 C schematically illustrate a movement of a component of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 22 A- 22 C schematically illustrate a component of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 23 A- 23 D schematically illustrate various components of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 24 schematically illustrates a side view of components in a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 25 A- 25 C schematically illustrate a movement of a component of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 26 A- 26 C schematically illustrate various components of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 27 A- 27 C schematically illustrate various components of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 28 schematically illustrates a component of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 29 A- 29 E schematically illustrate operations in forming a 3D object;

FIGS. 30 A- 30 C are schematic graphs relating to motions of a component of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 31 schematically illustrates a side view of a 3D printing system;

FIGS. 32 A- 32 C schematically illustrate components of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 33 schematically illustrates components of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 34 schematically illustrates a 3D printing system and a user;

FIG. 35 schematically illustrates a portion of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 36 schematically illustrates various components of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 37 schematically illustrates a portion of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 38 schematically illustrates various components of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 39 schematically illustrates various components of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 40 schematically illustrates various carriages;

FIG. 41 schematically includes various illustrations relating to wheels;

FIG. 42 schematically illustrates various components relating to carriages;

FIG. 43 schematically illustrates graphs of deflection dependencies with force;

FIG. 44 schematically illustrates a portion of a 3D printing system and components thereof;

FIG. 45 illustrates various portions of a 3D printing system;

FIG. 46 schematically illustrates various components a 3D printing system;

FIG. 47 schematically illustrates various components a 3D printing system;

FIG. 48 schematically illustrates various components a 3D printing system; and

FIG. 49 schematically illustrates various portions of a 3D printing system.

The figures and components therein may not be drawn to scale. Various components of the figures described herein may not be drawn to scale.

While various embodiments of the invention have been shown, and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions may occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein might be employed. The various embodiments disclosed herein are combinable, as appropriate.

Terms such as “a”, “an” and “the” are not intended to refer to only a singular entity, but include the general class of which a specific example may be used for illustration. The terminology herein is used to describe specific embodiments of the invention(s), but their usage does not delimit the invention(s).

When ranges are mentioned, the ranges are meant to be inclusive, unless otherwise specified. For example, a range between value 1 and value 2 is meant to be inclusive and include value 1 and value 2. The inclusive range will span any value from about value 1 to about value 2. The term “adjacent” or “adjacent to,” as used herein, includes “next to,” “adjoining,” “in contact with,” and “in proximity to.” When ranges are mentioned (e.g., between, at least, at most, and the like) its endpoint(s) is/are also claimed. For example, when the range is from X to Y, the values of X and Y are also claimed. For example, when the range is at most Z, the value of Z is also claimed. For example, when the range is at least W, the value of W is also claimed.

The conjunction “and/or” as used herein in X and/or Y (including in the specification and claims) is meant to include (i) X, (ii) Y, and (iii) X and Y. The conjunction of “and/or” in the phrase “including X, Y, and/or Z” is meant to include any combination and plurality thereof. For example, it is meant to include the following: (1) a single X, (2) a single Y, (3) a single Z, (4) a single X and a single Y, (5) a single X and a single Z, (6) a single Y and a single Z, (7) a single X, a single Y, and a single Z, (8) a plurality of X, (9) a plurality of Y, (10) a plurality of Z, (11) a plurality of X and a single Y, (12) a plurality of X, a single Y and a single Z, (13) a plurality of X and a single Z, (14) a plurality of Y and a single X, (15) a plurality of Y, a single X, and a single Z, (16) a plurality of Y and a single Z, (17) a plurality of Z and a single X, (18) a plurality of Z, a single X, and a single Y (19) a plurality of Z and a single Y, (20) a plurality X and a plurality Y, (21) a plurality X and a plurality Z, (22) a plurality Y and a plurality Z, and (23) a plurality X, a plurality Y, and a plurality Z. The phrase “including X, Y, and/or Z” is meant to have the same meaning as “comprising X, Y, or Z.”

The term “operatively coupled” or “operatively connected” refers to a first mechanism that is coupled (or connected) to a second mechanism to allow the intended operation of the second and/or first mechanism. The coupling may comprise physical or non-physical coupling. The non-physical coupling may comprise signal induced coupling (e.g., wireless coupling).

A central tendency as understood herein comprises mean, median, or mode. The mean may comprise a geometric mean.

“Real time” as understood herein may be during at least part of the printing of a 3D object. Real time may be during a print operation. Real time may be during a print cycle. Real time may comprise: during formation of (i) a 3D object, (ii) a layer of hardened material as part of the 3D object, (iii) a hatch line, or (iv) a melt pool.

The phrase “is/are structured” or “is/are configured,” when modifying an article, refers to a structure of the article that is able to bring about the referred result.

Transformed material, as understood herein, is a material that underwent a physical change. The physical change can comprise a phase change. The physical change can comprise fusing (e.g., melting or sintering), connecting, or bonding (e.g., physical, or chemical bond). The physical change can be a phase transformation such as from a solid to a partially liquid, or to a liquid, phase.

The 3D printing process may comprise printing one or more layers of hardened material in a building cycle. A building cycle, as understood herein, comprises printing all (e.g., hardened, or solid) material layers of a print job, which may comprise printing one or more 3D objects above a platform and/or a base (e.g., in a single material bed).

Pre-transformed material, as understood herein, is a material before it has been transformed (e.g., once transformed) by an energy beam during an upcoming 3D printing process, e.g., it is a starting material for an upcoming 3D printing process. The pre-transformed material may be a material that was, or was not, transformed prior to its use in the upcoming 3D printing process. The pre-transformed material may be a material that was partially transformed prior to its use in the upcoming 3D printing process. The pre-transformed material may be a starting material for the upcoming 3D printing process. The pre-transformed material may be liquid, solid, or semi-solid (e.g., gel). The pre-transformed material may be a particulate material. For example, the particulate material may be a powder material. The powder material may comprise solid particles of material(s). The particulate material may comprise vesicles (e.g., containing liquid or semi-solid material). The particulate material may comprise solid or semi-solid material particles. The pre-transformed material may have been transformed by a 3D printer process prior to the upcoming 3D printing process. For example, in a first 3D printing process (having a first build cycle), powder material was used to form a 3D object. A remainder of the powder material of the first 3D printing process may become a pre-transformed material for an upcoming second 3D printing process (having a second build cycle). Thus, even though the remainder powder of the first 3D printing process may comprise transformed material (e.g., bits of sintered powder), it is still considered a pre-transformed material relative to the second 3D printing process. The remainder can be filtered and otherwise recycled for use as a pre-transformed material in the second 3D printing process.

Fundamental length scale (abbreviated herein as “FLS”) can be referred herein to any suitable scale (e.g., dimension) of an object. For example, a FLS of an object may comprise a length, a width, a height, a diameter, a spherical equivalent diameter, or a diameter of a bounding sphere. In some cases, FLS may refer to an area, a volume, a shape, or a density.

Performing a reversible first operation is understood herein to mean performing the first operation and being capable of performing the opposite of that first operation (e.g., which is a second operation). For example, when a controller directs reversibly opening a shutter, that shutter can also close, and the controller can optionally direct a closure of that shutter.

The present disclosure provides three-dimensional (3D) printing apparatuses, systems, software, and methods for forming a 3D object. For example, a 3D object may be formed by sequential addition of material or joining of pre-transformed material to form a structure in a controlled manner (e.g., under manual or automated control). Pre-transformed material, as understood herein, is a material before it has been transformed during the 3D printing process. The transformation can be effectuated by utilizing an energy beam and/or flux. The pre-transformed material may be a material that was, or was not, transformed prior to its use in a 3D printing process. The pre-transformed material may be a starting material for the 3D printing process.

In some embodiments of a 3D printing process, the deposited pre-transformed material is fused, (e.g., sintered or melted), bound or otherwise connected to form at least a portion of the requested 3D object. Fusing, binding or otherwise connecting the material is collectively referred to herein as “transforming” the material. Fusing the material may refer to melting, smelting, or sintering a pre-transformed material.

At times, melting comprises liquefying the material (i.e., transforming to a liquefied state). A liquefied state refers to a state in which at least a portion of a transformed material is in a liquid state. Melting may comprise liquidizing the material (i.e., transforming to a liquidus state). A liquidus state refers to a state in which an entire transformed material is in a liquid state. The apparatuses, methods, software, and/or systems provided herein are not limited to the generation of a single 3D object, but are may be utilized to generate one or more 3D objects simultaneously (e.g., in parallel) or separately (e.g., sequentially). The multiplicity of 3D object may be formed in one or more material beds (e.g., powder bed). In some embodiments, a plurality of 3D objects is formed in one material bed. The FLS (e.g., width, depth, and/or height) of the material bed can be at least about 50 millimeters (mm), 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm, 250 mm, 280 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm, 800 mm, 900 mm, 1 meter (m), 2 m or 5 m. The FLS (e.g., width, depth, and/or height) of the material bed can be at most about 50 millimeters (mm), 60 mm, 70 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 200 mm, 250 mm, 280 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm, 800 mm, 900 mm, 1 meter (m), 2 m or 5 m. The FLS of the material bed can be between any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50 mm to about 5 m, from about 250 mm to about 500 mm, from about 280 mm to about 1 m).

In some embodiments, 3D printing methodologies comprises extrusion, wire, granular, laminated, light polymerization, or powder bed and inkjet head 3D printing. Extrusion 3D printing can comprise robo-casting, fused deposition modeling (FDM) or fused filament fabrication (FFF). Wire 3D printing can comprise electron beam freeform fabrication (EBF3). Granular 3D printing can comprise direct metal laser sintering (DMLS), electron beam melting (EBM), selective laser melting (SLM), selective heat sintering (SHS), or selective laser sintering (SLS). Powder bed and inkjet head 3D printing can comprise plaster-based 3D printing (PP). Laminated 3D printing can comprise laminated object manufacturing (LOM). Light polymerized 3D printing can comprise stereo-lithography (SLA), digital light processing (DLP), or laminated object manufacturing (LOM). 3D printing methodologies can comprise Direct Material Deposition (DMD). The Direct Material Deposition may comprise, Laser Metal Deposition (LMD, also known as, Laser deposition welding). 3D printing methodologies can comprise powder feed, or wire deposition.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing methodologies differ from methods traditionally used in semiconductor device fabrication (e.g., vapor deposition, etching, annealing, masking, or molecular beam epitaxy). In some instances, 3D printing may further comprise one or more printing methodologies that are traditionally used in semiconductor device fabrication. 3D printing methodologies can differ from vapor deposition methods such as chemical vapor deposition, physical vapor deposition, or electrochemical deposition. In some instances, 3D printing may further include vapor deposition methods. In some embodiments, the deposited pre-transformed material within the enclosure comprises a liquid material, semi-solid material (e.g., gel), or a solid material (e.g., powder). The deposited pre-transformed material within the enclosure can be in the form of a powder, wires, sheets, or droplets. The material (e.g., pre-transformed, transformed, and/or hardened) may comprise elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramics, or an allotrope of elemental carbon. The allotrope of elemental carbon may comprise amorphous carbon, graphite, graphene, diamond, or fullerene. The fullerene may be selected from the group consisting of a spherical, elliptical, linear, and tubular fullerene. The fullerene may comprise a buckyball, or a carbon nanotube. The ceramic material may comprise cement. The ceramic material may comprise alumina, zirconia, or carbide (e.g., silicon carbide, or tungsten carbide). The ceramic material may include high performance material (HPM). The ceramic material may include a nitride (e.g., boron nitride or aluminum nitride). The material may comprise sand, glass, or stone. In some embodiments, the material may comprise an organic material, for example, a polymer or a resin (e.g., 114 W resin). The organic material may comprise a hydrocarbon. The polymer may comprise styrene or nylon (e.g., nylon 11). The polymer may comprise a thermoplast. The organic material may comprise carbon and hydrogen atoms. The organic material may comprise carbon and oxygen atoms. The organic material may comprise carbon and nitrogen atoms. The organic material may comprise carbon and sulfur atoms. In some embodiments, the material may exclude an organic material. The material may comprise a solid or a liquid. In some embodiments, the material may comprise a silicon-based material, for example, silicon based polymer or a resin. The material may comprise an organosilicon-based material. The material may comprise silicon and hydrogen atoms. The material may comprise silicon and carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the material may exclude a silicon-based material. The powder material may be coated by a coating (e.g., organic coating such as the organic material (e.g., plastic coating)). The material may be devoid of organic material. The liquid material may be compartmentalized into reactors, vesicles, or droplets. The compartmentalized material may be compartmentalized in one or more layers. The material may be a composite material comprising a secondary material. The secondary material can be a reinforcing material (e.g., a material that forms a fiber). The reinforcing material may comprise a carbon fiber, Kevlar®, Twaron®, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene, or glass fiber. The material can comprise powder (e.g., granular material) and/or wires. The bound material can comprise chemical bonding. Transforming can comprise chemical bonding. Chemical bonding can comprise covalent bonding. The pre-transformed material may be pulverous. The printed 3D object can be made of a single material (e.g., single material type) or multiple materials (e.g., multiple material types). Sometimes one portion of the 3D object and/or of the material bed may comprise one material, and another portion may comprise a second material different from the first material. The material may be a single material type (e.g., a single alloy or a single elemental metal). The material may comprise one or more material types. For example, the material may comprise two alloys, an alloy and an elemental metal, an alloy and a ceramic, or an alloy and an elemental carbon. The material may comprise an alloy and alloying elements (e.g., for inoculation). The material may comprise blends of material types. The material may comprise blends with elemental metal or with metal alloy. The material may comprise blends excluding (e.g., without) elemental metal or including (e.g., with) metal alloy. The material may comprise a stainless steel. The material may comprise a titanium alloy, aluminum alloy, and/or nickel alloy.

The 3D printing process may comprise printing one or more layers of hardened material in a building cycle, e.g., in a printing cycle. A building cycle (e.g., printing cycle, or print cycle), as understood herein, comprises printing the (e.g., hardened, or solid) material layers of a print job (e.g., all, or substantially all, the layers of a printing job), which may comprise printing one or more 3D objects above a platform (e.g., in a single material bed). The one or more 3D object(s) may or may not be physically anchored to the platform (e.g., a build platform) above which it/they are printed.

In some cases, a layer within the 3D object comprises a single type of material. In some examples, a layer of the 3D object may comprise a single elemental metal type, or a single alloy type. In some examples, a layer within the 3D object may comprise several types of material (e.g., an elemental metal and an alloy, an alloy and a ceramic, an alloy, and an elemental carbon). In certain embodiments, each type of material comprises only a single member of that type. For example: a single member of elemental metal (e.g., iron), a single member of metal alloy (e.g., stainless steel), a single member of ceramic material (e.g., silicon carbide or tungsten carbide), or a single member of elemental carbon (e.g., graphite). In some cases, a layer of the 3D object comprises more than one type of material. In some cases, a layer of the 3D object comprises more than member of a type of material.

In some examples the material bed, platform, or both material bed and platform comprise a material type which constituents (e.g., atoms) readily lose their outer shell electrons, resulting in a free-flowing cloud of electrons within their otherwise solid arrangement. In some examples the powder, the base, or both the powder and the base comprise a material characterized in having high electrical conductivity, low electrical resistivity, high thermal conductivity, or high density. The high electrical conductivity can be at least about 1*10 5 Siemens per meter (S/m), 5*10 5 S/m, 1*10 6 S/m, 5*10 6 S/m, 1*10 7 S/m, 5*10 7 S/m, or 1*10 8 S/m. The symbol “*” designates the mathematical operation “times.” The high electrical conductivity can be between any of the afore-mentioned electrical conductivity values (e.g., from about 1*10 5 S/m to about 1*10 8 S/m). The thermal conductivity, electrical resistivity, electrical conductivity, and/or density can be measured at ambient temperature (e.g., at R.T., or 20° C.). The low electrical resistivity may be at most about 1*10 −5 ohm times meter (Ω*m), 5*10 −6 Ω*m, 1*10 −6 Ω*m, 5*10 −7 Ω*m, 1*10 −7 Ω*m, 5*10 −8 or 1*10 8 Ω*m. The low electrical resistivity can be between any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 1×10 −5 Ω*m to about 1×10 −8 Ω*m). The high thermal conductivity may be at least about 10 Watts per meter times Kelvin (W/mK), 15 W/mK, 20 W/mK, 35 W/mK, 50 W/mK, 100 W/mK, 150 W/mK, 200 W/mK, 205 W/mK, 300 W/mK, 350 W/mK, 400 W/mK, 450 W/mK, 500 W/mK, 550 W/mK, 600 W/mK, 700 W/mK, 800 W/mK, 900 W/mK, or 1000 W/mK. The high thermal conductivity can be between any of the afore-mentioned thermal conductivity values (e.g., from about 20 W/mK to about 1000 W/mK). The high density may be at least about 1.5 grams per cubic centimeter (g/cm 3 ), 1.7 g/cm 3 , 2 g/cm 3 , 2.5 g/cm 3 , 2.7 g/cm 3 , 3 g/cm 3 , 4 g/cm 3 , 5 g/cm 3 , 6 g/cm 3 , 7 g/cm 3 , 8 g/cm 3 , 9 g/cm 3 , 10 g/cm 3 , 11 g/cm 3 , 12 g/cm 3 , 13 g/cm 3 , 14 g/cm 3 , 15 g/cm 3 , 16 g/cm 3 , 17 g/cm 3 , 18 g/cm 3 , 19 g/cm 3 , 20 g/cm 3 , or 25 g/cm 3 . The high density can be any value between the afore mentioned values (e.g., from about 1 g/cm 3 to about 25 g/cm 3 ).

In some embodiments, the elemental metal comprises an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a transition metal, a rare-earth element metal, or another metal. The alkali metal can be Lithium, Sodium, Potassium, Rubidium, Cesium, or Francium. The alkali earth metal can be Beryllium, Magnesium, Calcium, Strontium, Barium, or Radium. The transition metal can be Scandium, Titanium, Vanadium, Chromium, Manganese, Iron, Cobalt, Nickel, Copper, Zinc, Yttrium, Zirconium, Platinum, Gold, Rutherfordium, Dubnium, Seaborgium, Bohrium, Hassium, Meitnerium, Ununbium, Niobium, Iridium, Molybdenum, Technetium, Ruthenium, Rhodium, Palladium, Silver, Cadmium, Hafnium, Tantalum, Tungsten, Rhenium or Osmium. The transition metal can be mercury. The rare earth metal can be a lanthanide or an actinide. The antinode metal can be Lanthanum, Cerium, Praseodymium, Neodymium, Promethium, Samarium, Europium, Gadolinium, Terbium, Dysprosium, Holmium, Erbium, Thulium, Ytterbium, or Lutetium. The actinide metal can be Actinium, Thorium, Protactinium, Uranium, Neptunium, Plutonium, Americium, Curium, Berkelium, Californium, Einsteinium, Fermium, Mendelevium, Nobelium, or Lawrencium. The other metal can be Aluminum, Gallium, Indium, Tin, Thallium, Lead, or Bismuth. The material may comprise a precious metal. The precious metal may comprise gold, silver, palladium, ruthenium, rhodium, osmium, iridium, or platinum. The material may comprise at least about 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5% or more precious metal. The material may comprise at most about 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5% or less precious metal. The material may comprise precious metal with any value in between the afore-mentioned values. The material may comprise at least a minimal percentage of precious metal according to the laws in the particular jurisdiction.

In some embodiments, the metal alloy comprises iron based alloy, nickel based alloy, cobalt based alloy, chrome based alloy, cobalt chrome based alloy, titanium based alloy, magnesium based alloy, scandium alloy or copper based alloy. The alloy may comprise an oxidation or corrosion resistant alloy. The alloy may comprise a super alloy (e.g., Inconel). The super alloy may comprise Inconel 600, 617, 625, 690, 718 or X-750. The alloy may comprise an alloy used for aerospace applications, automotive application, surgical application, or implant applications. The metal may include a metal used for aerospace applications, automotive application, surgical application, or implant applications. The super alloy may comprise IN 738 LC, IN 939, Rene 80, IN 6203 (e.g., IN 6203 DS), PWA 1483 (e.g., PWA 1483 SX), or Alloy 247.

In some embodiments, the metal alloys comprise Refractory Alloys. The refractory metals and alloys may be used for heat coils, heat exchangers, furnace components, or welding electrodes. The Refractory Alloys may comprise a high melting point, low coefficient of expansion, mechanically strong, low vapor pressure at elevated temperatures, high thermal conductivity, or high electrical conductivity.

At times, the material (e.g., alloy or elemental) comprises a material used for applications in industries comprising aerospace (e.g., aerospace super alloys), jet engine, missile, automotive, marine, locomotive, satellite, defense, oil & gas, energy generation, semiconductor, fashion, construction, agriculture, printing, or medical. The material may comprise an alloy used for products comprising, devices, medical devices (human & veterinary), machinery, cell phones, semiconductor equipment, generators, engines, pistons, electronics (e.g., circuits), electronic equipment, agriculture equipment, motor, gear, transmission, communication equipment, computing equipment (e.g., laptop, cell phone, tablet, i-pad), air conditioning, generators, furniture, musical equipment, art, jewelry, cooking equipment, or sport gear. The material may comprise an alloy used for products for human or veterinary applications comprising implants, or prosthetics. The metal alloy may comprise an alloy used for applications in the fields comprising human or veterinary surgery, implants (e.g., dental), or prosthetics.

At times, the alloy includes a high-performance alloy. The alloy may include an alloy exhibiting at least one of excellent mechanical strength, resistance to thermal creep deformation, good surface stability, resistance to corrosion, and resistance to oxidation. The alloy may include a face-centered cubic austenitic crystal structure. The alloy may comprise Hastelloy, Inconel, Waspaloy, Rene alloy (e.g., Rene-80, Rene-77, Rene-220, or Rene-41), Haynes alloy, Incoloy, MP98T, TMS alloy, MTEK (e.g., MTEK grade MAR-M-247, MAR-M-509, MAR-M-R41, or MAR-M-X-45), or CMSX (e.g., CMSX-3, or CMSX-4). The alloy can be a single crystal alloy.

In some instances, the iron-based alloy comprises Elinvar, Fernico, Ferroalloys, Invar, Iron hydride, Kovar, Spiegeleisen, Staballoy (stainless steel), or Steel. In some instances, the metal alloy is steel. The Ferroalloy may comprise Ferroboron, Ferrocerium, Ferrochrome, Ferromagnesium, Ferromanganese, Ferromolybdenum, Ferronickel, Ferrophosphorus, Ferrosilicon, Ferrotitanium, Ferrouranium, or Ferrovanadium. The iron-based alloy may include cast iron or pig iron. The steel may include Bulat steel, Chromoly, Crucible steel, Damascus steel, Hadfield steel, High speed steel, HSLA steel, Maraging steel, Maraging steel (M300), Reynolds 531, Silicon steel, Spring steel, Stainless steel, Tool steel, Weathering steel, or Wootz steel. The high-speed steel may include Mushet steel. The stainless steel may include AL-6XN, Alloy 20, celestrium, marine grade stainless, Martensitic stainless steel, surgical stainless steel, or Zeron 100. The tool steel may include Silver steel. The steel may comprise stainless steel, Nickel steel, Nickel-chromium steel, Molybdenum steel, Chromium steel, Chromium-vanadium steel, Tungsten steel, Nickel-chromium-molybdenum steel, or Silicon-manganese steel. The steel may be comprised of any Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) grade such as 440F, 410, 312, 430, 440A, 440B, 440C, 304, 305, 304L, 304L, 301, 304LN, 301LN, 2304, 316, 316L, 316LN, 317L, 2205, 409, 904L, 321, 254SMO, 316Ti, 321H, 17-4, 15-5, 420 or 304H. The steel may comprise stainless steel of at least one crystalline structure selected from the group consisting of austenitic, superaustenitic, ferritic, martensitic, duplex and precipitation-hardening martensitic. Duplex stainless steel may be lean duplex, standard duplex, super duplex or hyper duplex. The stainless steel may comprise surgical grade stainless steel (e.g., austenitic 316, martensitic 420 or martensitic 440). The austenitic 316 stainless steel may include 316L or 316LVM. The steel may include 17-4 Precipitation Hardening steel (also known as type 630 is a chromium-copper precipitation hardening stainless steel; 17-4PH steel). The stainless steel may comprise 360L stainless steel.

At times, the titanium-based alloys include alpha alloys, near alpha alloys, alpha and beta alloys, or beta alloys. The titanium alloy may comprise grade 1, 2, 2H, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 7H, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16H, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 2, 23, 24, 25, 26, 26H, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 or higher. In some instances, the titanium base alloy includes TiAl 6 V 4 or TiAl 6 Nb 2 .

At times, the Nickel based alloy include Alnico, Alumel, Chromel, Cupronickel, Ferronickel, German silver, Hastelloy, Inconel, Monel metal, Nichrome, Nickel-carbon, Nicrosil, Nisil, Nitinol, Hastelloy X, Cobalt-Chromium or Magnetically “soft” alloys. The magnetically “soft” alloys may comprise Mu-metal, Permalloy, Supermalloy, or Brass. The Brass may include nickel hydride, stainless or coin silver. The cobalt alloy may include Megallium, Stellite (e.g. Talonite), Ultimet, or Vitallium. The chromium alloy may include chromium hydroxide, or Nichrome.

At times, the aluminum-based alloy comprises AA-8000, Al—Li (aluminum-lithium), Alnico, Duralumin, Hiduminium, Kryron Magnalium, Nambe, Scandium-aluminum, or Y alloy. The magnesium alloy may be Elektron, Magnox or T-Mg—Al—Zn (Bergman phase) alloy. At times, the material excludes at least one aluminum-based alloy (e.g., AlSi 10 Mg).

At times, the copper-based alloy comprises Arsenical copper, Beryllium copper, Billon, Brass, Bronze, Constantan, Copper hydride, Copper-tungsten, Corinthian bronze, Cunife, Cupronickel, Cymbal alloys, Devarda's alloy, Electrum, Hepatizon, Heusler alloy, Manganin, Molybdochalkos, Nickel silver, Nordic gold, Shakudo or Tumbaga. The Brass may include Calamine brass, Chinese silver, Dutch metal, Gilding metal, Muntz metal, Pinchbeck, Prince's metal, or Tombac. The Bronze may include Aluminum bronze, Arsenical bronze, Bell metal, Florentine bronze, Guanin, Gunmetal, Glucydur, Phosphor bronze, Ormolu or Speculum metal. The copper alloy may be a high-temperature copper alloy (e.g., GRCop-84). The elemental carbon may comprise graphite, Graphene, diamond, amorphous carbon, carbon fiber, carbon nanotube, or fullerene.

In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material (e.g., particulate material, such as powder material, (also referred to herein as a “pulverous material”) comprises a solid. The particulate material may comprise fine particles. The pre-transformed material may be a granular material. The pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) can be composed of individual particles. At least some of the particles can be spherical, oval, prismatic, cubic, or irregularly shaped. At least some of the particles can have a fundamental length scale (e.g., diameter, spherical equivalent diameter, length, width, or diameter of a bounding sphere). The fundamental length scale (abbreviated herein as “FLS”) of at least some of the particles can be from about 1 nanometers (n) to about 1000 micrometers (microns), 500 microns, 400 microns, 300 microns, 200 microns, 100 microns, 50 microns, 40 microns, 30 microns, 20 microns, 10 microns, 1 micron, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 100 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm, 30 nm, 20 nm, 10 nm, or 5 nm. At least some of the particles can have a FLS of at least about 1000 micrometers (microns), 500 microns, 400 microns, 300 microns, 200 microns, 100 microns, 50 microns, 40 microns, 30 microns, 20 microns, 10 microns, 1 micron, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 100 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm, 30 nm, 20 nm, 10 nm, 5 nanometers (nm) or more. At least some of the particles can have a FLS of at most about 1000 micrometers (microns), 500 microns, 400 microns, 300 microns, 200 microns, 100 microns, 50 microns, 40 microns, 30 microns, 20 microns, 10 microns, 1 micron, 500 nm, 400 nm, 300 nm, 200 nm, 100 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm, 30 nm, 20 nm, 10 nm, 5 nm or less. In some cases, at least some of the pre-transformed material particles may have a FLS in between any of the afore-mentioned FLSs.

In some embodiments, the pre-transformed (e.g., particulate) material is composed of a homogenously shaped particle mixture such that all of the particles have substantially the same shape and FLS magnitude within at most about 1%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, or less distribution of FLS. In some cases, the powder can be a heterogeneous mixture such that the particles have variable shape and/or FLS magnitude. In some examples, at least about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, or 70% (by weight) of the particles within the powder material have a largest FLS that is smaller than the median largest FLS of the powder material. In some examples, at least about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, or 70% (by weight) of the particles within the powder material have a largest FLS that is smaller than the mean largest FLS of the powder material.

In some examples, the size of the largest FLS of the transformed material (e.g., height) is greater than the (e.g., average) largest FLS of the powder material by at least about 1.1 times, 1.2 times, 1.4 times, 1.6 times, 1.8 times, 2 times, 4 times, 6 times, 8 times, or 10 times. In some examples, the size of the largest FLS of the transformed material is greater than the (e.g., median) largest FLS of the powder material by at most about 1.1 times, 1.2 times, 1.4 times, 1.6 times, 1.8 times, 2 times, 4 times, 6 times, 8 times, or 10 times. The powder material can have a (e.g., median) largest FLS that is at least about 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, or 200 μm. The powder material can have a (e.g., median) largest FLS that is at most about 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, or 200 μm. In some cases, the powder particles may have a FLS in between any of the FLS listed above (e.g., from about 1 μm to about 200 μm, from about 1 μm to about 50 μm, or from about 5 μm to about 40 μm).

In another aspect provided herein is a system for generating a 3D object comprising: an enclosure for accommodating at least one layer of pre-transformed material (e.g., powder); an energy (e.g., energy beam) capable of transforming the pre-transformed material to form a transformed material; and a controller that directs the energy to at least a portion of the layer of pre-transformed material according to a path (e.g., as described herein). The transformed material may be capable of hardening to form at least a portion of a 3D object. The system may comprise an energy source, an optical system, a temperature control system, a material delivery mechanism (e.g., a recoater), a pressure control system, an atmosphere control system, an atmosphere, a pump, a nozzle, a valve, a sensor, a central processing unit, a display, a chamber, or an instruction (e.g., algorithm). The chamber may comprise a building platform. The system for generating a 3D object and its components may be any 3D printing system. Examples of 3D printing systems, their components, and associated methods, software, systems, devices, and apparatuses, can be found in International Patent Application serial number PCT/US15/36802 filed on Jun. 19, 2015, titled “APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR THREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTING” or in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/374,535 filed on Dec. 9, 2016, titled “SKILLFUL THREE-DIMENSIONAL PRINTING,” each of which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing system (e.g., FIG. 1 , 100 ) comprises a chamber (e.g., FIG. 1 , 126 ; FIG. 2 , 216 ). The chamber may be referred herein as the “processing chamber.” The processing chamber can include chamber walls (e.g., FIG. 1 , 107 ). The processing chamber may comprise an energy beam (e.g., FIG. 1 , 101 ; FIG. 2 , 204 ). The energy beam can be generated by an energy source (e.g., FIG. 1 , 121 ). The energy beam may be at least partially controlled by (e.g., pass through) an optical system (e.g., FIG. 1 , 120 , or FIG. 4 ). The optical system may include optical components comprising a mirror, a lens (e.g., concave or convex), a fiber, a beam guide, a rotating polygon, a prism, or any suitable combination thereof. The energy beam can travel through a window (e.g., FIG. 1 , 115 ) of the processing chamber. The energy beam may be directed towards a platform (e.g., FIG. 1 , comprising 109 and/or 102 ). The energy beam may be directed towards an exposed surface of a material bed (e.g., FIG. 1 , 119 ). The energy beam can transform at least a portion of a pre-transformed material to a transformed material (e.g., 106 ). The transformed material may be directed (e.g., streamed) towards the platform. The pre-transformed material may form a material bed (e.g., above the platform). The energy beam can transform at least a portion (e.g., a layer) of the material bed (e.g., of pre-transformed material (e.g., powder)) to a transformed material (e.g., 106 ) (e.g., a layer of transformed material). The 3D printing system may comprise one or more modules (e.g., FIG. 2 , 201 , 202 , and 203 ). The one or more modules may be referred herein as the “build modules.” At times, at least one build module (e.g., FIG. 1 , 130 ) may be situated in the enclosure comprising the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 1 , 126 ). At times, at least one build module may engage with the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 1 ). At times, at least one build module may not engage with the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 2 ). At times, a plurality of build modules (e.g., FIG. 2 , 201 , 202 , and 203 ) may be situated in an enclosure (e.g., FIG. 2 , 200 ) comprising the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 2 , 210 ). At times, the build module may be connected to, or may comprise an autonomous guided vehicle (AGV). The AGV may have at least one of the following: a movement mechanism (e.g., wheels), positional (e.g., optical) sensor, and controller. The controller may enable self-docking (e.g., to a docking station) and/or self-driving of the AGV. The self-docketing and/or self-driving may be to and from the processing chamber. The build module may reversibly engage with (e.g., couple to) the processing chamber. The engagement of the build module with the processing chamber may be controlled (e.g., by a controller). The control may be automatic and/or manual. The engagement of the build module with the processing chamber may be reversible. In some embodiments, the engagement of the build module with the processing chamber may be permanent.

In some embodiments, at least one of the build modules has at least one controller. The controller may be its own controller. The controller may be different than the controller controlling the 3D printing process and/or the processing chamber. The translation facilitator (e.g., build module delivery system) may comprise a controller (e.g., its own controller). The controller of the translation facilitator may be different than the controller controlling the 3D printing process and/or the processing chamber. The controller of the translation facilitator may be different than the controller of the build module. The build module controller and/or the translation facilitator controller may be a microcontroller. At times, the controller of the 3D printing process and/or the processing chamber may not interact with the controller of the build module and/or translation facilitator. At times, the controller of the build module and/or translation facilitator may not interact with the controller of the 3D printing process and/or the processing chamber. For example, the controller of the build module may not interact with the controller of the processing chamber. For example, the controller of the translation facilitator may not interact with the controller of the processing chamber. The controller of the 3D printing process and/or the processing chamber may be able to interpret one or more signals emitted from (e.g., by) the build module and/or translation facilitator. The controller of the build module and/or translation facilitator may be able to interpret one or more signals emitted from (e.g., by) the processing chamber. The one or more signals may be electromagnetic, electronic, magnetic, pressure, or sound signals. The electromagnetic signals may comprise visible light, infrared, ultraviolet, or radio frequency signals. The electromagnetic signals may comprise a radio frequency identification signal (RFID). The RFID may be specific for a build module, user, entity, 3D object model, processor, material type, printing instruction, 3D print job, or any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the build module controller controls the translation of the build module, sealing status of the build module, atmosphere of the build module, engagement of the build module with the processing chamber, exit of the build module from the enclosure, entry of the build module into the enclosure, or any combination thereof. Controlling the sealing status of the build module may comprise opening or closing of the build module shutter. The build module controller may be able to interpret signals from the 3D printing controller and/or processing chamber controller. The processing chamber controller may be the 3D printing controller. For example, the build module controller may be able to interpret and/or respond to a signal regarding the atmospheric conditions in the load lock. For example, the build module controller may be able to interpret and/or respond to a signal regarding the completion of a 3D printing process (e.g., when the printing of a 3D object is complete). The build module may be connected to an actuator. The actuator may be translating or stationary. The controller of the build module may direct the translation facilitator (e.g., comprising an actuator) to translate the build module from one position to another (e.g., arrows 221 - 224 in FIG. 2 ), when translation is possible. The translation facilitator may be a build module delivery system. The translation facilitator may be autonomous. The translation facilitator may operate independently of the 3D printer (e.g., mechanisms directed by the 3D printing controller). The translation facilitator (e.g., build module delivery system) may comprise a controller and/or a motor. The translation facilitator may comprise a machine or a human. The translation is possible, for example, when the destination position of the build module is empty. The controller of the 3D printing and/or the processing chamber may be able to sense signals emitted from the controller of the build module. For example, the controller of the 3D printing and/or the processing chamber may be able to sense a signal from the build module that is emitted when the build module is docked into engagement position with the processing chamber. The signal from the build module may comprise reaching a certain position in space, reaching a certain atmospheric characteristic threshold, opening, or shutting the build platform closing, or engaging or disengaging (e.g., docking or undocking) from the processing chamber. The build module may comprise one or more sensors. For example, the build module may comprise a proximity, movement, light, sounds, or touch sensor.

In some embodiments, the build module is included as part of the 3D printing system. In some embodiments, the build module is separate from the 3D printing system. The build module may be independent (e.g., operate independently) from the 3D printing system. For example, build module may comprise their own controller, motor, elevator, build platform, valve, channel, or shutter. In some embodiments, one or more conditions differ between the build module and the processing chamber, and/or among the different build modules. The difference may comprise different pre-transformed materials, atmospheres, platforms, temperatures, pressures, humidity levels, oxygen levels, gas (e.g., inert), traveling speed, traveling method, acceleration speed, or post processing treatment. For example, the relative velocity of the various build modules with respect to the processing chamber may be different, similar, or substantially similar. The build platform may undergo different, similar, or substantially similar post processing treatment (e.g., further processing of the 3D object and/or material bed after the generation of the 3D object in the material bed is complete).

In some examples, a build module translates relative to the processing chamber. The translation may be parallel or substantially parallel to the bottom surface of the build module (e.g., build chamber). The bottom surface of the build module is the one closest to the gravitational center. The translation may be at an angle (e.g., planar or compound) relative to the bottom surface of the build module. The translation may use any device that facilitates translation (e.g., an actuator). For example, the translation facilitator may comprise a robotic arm, conveyor (e.g., conveyor belt), rotating screw, or a moving surface (e.g., platform). The translation facilitator may comprise a chain, rail, or an actuator (e.g., motor). The translation facilitator may comprise a component that can move another. The movement may be controlled (e.g., using a controller). The movement may comprise using a control signal and source of energy (e.g., electricity). The translation facilitator may use electricity, pneumatic pressure, hydraulic pressure, or human power.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing system comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 build modules. FIG. 2 shows an example of three build modules (e.g., 201 , 202 , and 203 ) and one processing chamber 210 . At least one build module may engage with the processing chamber to expand the interior volume of the processing chamber. During at least a portion of the 3D printing process, the atmospheres of the chamber and enclosure may merge. At times, during at least a portion of the 3D printing process, the atmospheres of the chamber and enclosure may remain separate. During at least a portion of the 3D printing process, the atmospheres of the build module and processing chamber may be separate. The build module may be mobile or stationary. The build module may comprise an elevator. The elevator may be operatively coupled with (e.g., connected to) a platform (e.g., building platform). The elevator may be reversibly connected to at least a portion of the platform (e.g., to the base). The elevator may be irreversibly connected to at least a portion of the platform (e.g., to the substrate). The platform may be separated from one or more walls (e.g., side walls) of the build module by a seal (e.g., FIG. 2 , 211 ; FIG. 1 , 103 ). The seal may be impermeable or substantially impermeable to gas. The seal may be permeable to gas. The seal may be flexible. The seal may be elastic. The seal may be bendable. The seal may be compressible. The seal may comprise rubber (e.g., latex), Teflon, plastic, or silicon. The seal may comprise a mesh, membrane, sieve, paper (e.g., filter paper), cloth (e.g., felt), or brush. The mesh, membrane, paper and/or cloth may comprise randomly and/or non-randomly arranged fibers. The paper may comprise a HEPA filter. The seal may be permeable to at least one gas, and impermeable to the pre-transformed (e.g., and to the transformed) material. The seal may not allow a pre-transformed (e.g., and to the transformed) material to pass through.

In some examples, the build module and/or processing chamber comprises an openable shutter. For example, the build module and processing chamber may each comprise a separate openable shutter. The shutter may be a seal, door, blockade, stopple, stopper, plug, piston, cover, roof, hood, block, stopple, obstruction, lid, closure, or a cap. The shutter may be opened upon engagement of the build module with the processing chamber. FIG. 3 A shows an example of a processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 3 A, 310 ) and a build module (e.g., FIG. 3 A, 320 ). The processing chamber comprises the energy beam (e.g., FIG. 3 A, 311 ). The build module comprises a build platform comprising a substrate (e.g., FIG. 3 A, 321 ), a base (e.g., FIG. 3 A, 322 ), and an elevator shaft (e.g., FIG. 3 A, 323 ) that allows the platform to move vertically up and down. The build module (e.g., FIG. 3 A, 320 ) may comprise a shutter (e.g., FIG. 3 A, 324 ). The processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 3 A, 310 ) may comprise a shutter (e.g., FIG. 3 A, 312 ). The shutter may be openable. The shutter may be removable. The removal of the shutter may comprise manual or automatic removal. The build module shutter may be opened while being connected to the build module. The processing chamber shutter may be opened while being connected to the processing chamber (e.g., through connector). The shutter connector may comprise a hinge, chain, or a rail. In an example, the shutter may be opened in a manner similar to opening a door or a window. The shutter may be opened by swiveling (e.g., similar to opening a door or a window held on a hinge). The shutter may be opened by its removal from the opening which it blocks. The removal may be guided (e.g., by a rail, arm, pulley, crane, or conveyor). The guiding may be using a robot. The guiding may be using at least one motor and/or gear. The shutter may be opened while being disconnected from the build module. For example, the shutter may be opened similar to opening a lid. The shutter may be opened by shifting or sliding (e.g., to a side). FIG. 3 B shows an example where the shutter ( FIG. 3 B, 374 ) of the build module ( FIG. 3 B, 370 ) is open in a way that is disconnected from the build module. FIG. 3 B shows an example where the shutter ( FIG. 3 B, 354 ) of the processing chamber ( FIG. 3 B, 350 ) is open in a way that is disconnected from the processing chamber.

In some embodiments, the build module, processing chamber, and/or enclosure comprises one or more seals. The seal may be a sliding seal or a top seal. For example, the build module and/or processing chamber may comprise a sliding seal that meets with the exterior of the build module upon engagement of the build module with the processing chamber. For example, the processing chamber may comprise a top seal that faces the build module and is pushed upon engagement of the processing chamber with the build module. For example, the build module may comprise a top seal that faces the processing chamber and is pushed upon engagement of the processing chamber with the build module. The seal may be a face seal, or compression seal. The seal may comprise an O-ring.

In some examples, the build module, processing chamber, and/or enclosure are sealed, sealable, or open. The atmosphere of the build module, processing chamber, and/or enclosure may be regulated. The build module may be sealed, sealable, or open. The processing chamber may be sealed, sealable, or open. The enclosure may be sealed, sealable, or open. The build module, processing chamber, and/or enclosure may comprise a valve and/or a gas opening port. The valve and/or a gas opening port may be below, or above the building platform. The valve and/or a gas opening port may be disposed at the horizontal plane of the build platform. The valve and/or a gas opening port may be disposed at the adjacent to the build platform. The valve and/or a gas opening port may be disposed between the processing chamber and the build module. FIG. 3 A shows an example of a channel 315 that allows a gas to pass through, which channel has an opening port 317 disposed between the processing chamber 310 and the build module 320 . FIG. 3 A shows an example of a valve 316 that is disposed along the channel 315 . The valve may allow at least one gas to travel through. The gas may enter or exit through the valve. For example, the gas may enter or exit the build module, processing chamber, and/or enclosure through the valve. In some embodiments, the atmosphere of the build module, processing chamber, and/or enclosure may be individually controlled. In some embodiments, the atmosphere of at least two of the build modules, processing chamber, and enclosure may be separately controlled. In some embodiments, the atmosphere of at least two of the build modules, processing chamber, and enclosure may be controlled in concert (e.g., simultaneously). In some embodiments, the atmosphere of at least one of the build modules, processing chamber, or enclosure may be controlled by controlling the atmosphere of at least one of the build module, processing chamber, or enclosure in any combination or permutation. In some examples, the atmosphere in the build module is not controllable by controlling the atmosphere in the processing chamber.

In some examples, the 3D printing system comprises a load lock. The load lock may be disposed between the processing chamber and the build module. The load lock may be formed by engaging the build module with the processing chamber. The load lock may be sealable. For example, the load lock may be sealed by engaging the build module with the processing chamber (e.g., directly, or indirectly). FIG. 3 A shows an example of a load lock 314 that is formed when the build module 320 is engaged with the processing chamber 310 . An exchange of atmosphere may take place in the load lock by evacuating gas from the load lock (e.g., through channel 315 ) and/or by inserting gas (e.g., through channel 315 ). In some embodiments, the load lock may comprise one or more gas opening ports. At times, the load lock may comprise one or more gas transport channels. At times, the load lock may comprise one or more valves. A gas transport channel may comprise a valve. The opening and/or closing of a first valve of the 3D printing system may or may not be coordinated with the opening and/or closing of a second valve of the 3D printing system. The valve may be controlled automatically (e.g., by a controller) and/or manually. The load lock may comprise a gas entry opening port and a gas exit opening port. In some embodiments, a pressure below ambient pressure (e.g., of 1 atmosphere) is formed in the load lock. In some embodiments, a pressure exceeding ambient pressure (e.g., of 1 atmosphere) is formed in the load lock. At times, during the exchange of load lock atmosphere, a pressure below and/or above ambient pressure if formed in the load lock. At times, a pressure equal or substantially equal to ambient pressure is maintained (e.g., automatically, and/or manually) in the load lock. The load lock, building module, processing chamber, and/or enclosure may comprise a valve. The valve may comprise a pressure relief, pressure release, pressure safety, safety relief, pilot-operated relief, low pressure safety, vacuum pressure safety, low and vacuum pressure safety, pressure vacuum release, snap acting, or modulating valve. The valve may comply with the legal industry standards presiding the jurisdiction. The volume of the load lock may be smaller than the volume within the build module and/or processing chamber. The total volume within the load lock may be at most about 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 50%, or 80% of the total volume encompassed by the build module and/or processing chamber. The total volume within the load lock may be between any of the afore-mentioned percentage values (e.g., from about 0.1% to about 80%, from about 0.1% to about 5%, from about 5% to about 20%, from about 20% to about 50%, or from about 50% to about 80%). The percentage may be volume per volume percentage.

In some embodiments, the atmosphere of the build module and/or the processing chamber is fluidly connected to the atmosphere of the load lock. At times, conditioning the atmosphere of the load lock will condition the atmosphere of the build module and/or the processing chamber that is fluidly connected to the load lock. The fluid connection may comprise gas flow. The fluid connection may be through a gas permeable seal and/or through a channel (e.g., a pipe). The channel may be a sealable channel (e.g., using a valve).

In some embodiments, the shutter of the build module engages with the shutter of the processing chamber. The engagement may be spatially controlled. For example, when the shutter of the build module is within a certain gap distance from the processing chamber shutter, the build module shutter engages with the processing chamber shutter. The gap distance may trigger an engagement mechanism. The gap trigger may be sufficient to allow sensing of at least one of the shutters. The engagement mechanism may comprise magnetic, electrostatic, electric, hydraulic, pneumatic, or physical force. The physical force may comprise manual force. In some embodiments, a build module shutter may be attracted upwards toward the processing chamber shutter and a processing chamber shutter may be attracted upwards toward the build module shutter. A single unit may be formed from the processing chamber shutter and the build module shutter, that is transferred away from the energy beam. In the single unit, the processing chamber shutter and the build module shutter may be held together by an engagement mechanism. Subsequent to the engagement, the single unit may transfer (e.g., relocate, or move) away from the energy beam. For example, the engagement may trigger the transferring (e.g., relocating) of the build module shutter and the processing chamber shutter as a single unit.

In some examples, removal of the shutter (e.g., of the build module and/or processing chamber) depends on an atmospheric characteristic (e.g., within the build module or the processing chamber). At times, removal of the shutter (e.g., of the build module and/or processing chamber) may depend on reaching a certain (e.g., predetermined) level of an atmospheric characteristics comprising a gas content (e.g., relative gas content), gas pressure, oxygen level, humidity, argon level, or nitrogen level. For example, the certain level may be an equilibrium between an atmospheric characteristic in the build module and that atmospheric characteristics in the processing chamber.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing process initiates after merging of the build module with the processing chamber. At the beginning of the 3D printing process, the build platform may be at an elevated position (e.g., FIG. 3 B, 371 ). At the end of the 3D printing process, the build platform may be at a vertically reduced position (e.g., FIG. 2 , 213 ). The building module may translate between three positions during a 3D printing run. The build module may enter to the enclosure from a position away from the engagement position with the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 2 , 201 ). The build module may then advance toward the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 2 , 202 ), and engage with the processing chamber (e.g., as described herein, for example, in FIG. 3 B ). The layer dispensing mechanism and energy beam can translate and form the 3D object adjacent to the platform, while the platform gradually lowers its vertical position to facilitate layer-wise formation of the 3D object. The layer dispensing mechanism and energy beam can translate and form the 3D object within the material bed (e.g., as described herein), while the platform gradually lowers its vertical position to facilitate layer-wise formation of the 3D object. The layer dispensing mechanism (also referred to herein as a material handling device or layer forming device) can be used to form a portion of the material bed. The layer forming device can dispense material, remove material, and/or shape the material bed (e.g., a layer of material of the material bed). The material can comprise a pre-transformed material or a debris. Shaping the material bed may comprise altering a shape of the exposed surface of the material bed, e.g., planarizing the exposed surface of the material bed. The layer forming device can be in a layer forming mode when dispensing the material and/or shaping the material bed. The layer forming device can be in a parked mode when the layer forming device is in a parked position. The layer dispensing mechanism can dispense material at a dispensing rate of at least about at 50 grams/second (g/s), 55 g/s, 60 g/s, 70 g/s, 80 g/s, 84 g/s, 90 g/s, 100 g/s, 120 g/s, 150 g/s, 200 g/s, or 500 g/s. The dispensing rate can be between any of the afore-mentioned dispensing rates (e.g., from about 50 g/s to about 100 g/s, from about 80 g/s to about 120 g/s, from about 84 g/s to about 500 g/s, from about 55 g/s to about 500 g/s or from about 60 g/s to about 200 g/s). The layer dispenser mechanism can dispense a layer of a height of at least about 100 microns (μm), 150 μm, 200 μm, 250 μm, 300 μm, 350 μm, 400 μm, 450 μm, 500 μm, 550 μm, 600 μm, 650 μm, 700 μm, 750 μm, 800 μm, 850 μm, 900 μm or 950 μm. The height of material dispensed in a layer of material can be between any of the afore-mentioned amounts (e.g., from about 100 μm to about 650 μm, from about 200 μm to about 950 μm, from about 350 μm to about 800 μm, from about 100 μm to about 950 μm). The time taken to dispense a layer of material can be at least about 0.1 seconds (sec), 0.2 sec, 0.3 sec, 0.5 sec, 1 sec, 2 sec, 3 sec, 4 sec, 5 sec, 8 sec, 9 sec, 10 sec, 15 sec or 20 sec. The time taken to dispense a layer of material can be between any of the afore-mentioned times (e.g., from about 0.1 seconds to about 20 seconds, from about 0.2 seconds to about 1 second, from about 3 seconds to about 5 seconds, from about 0.5 seconds to about 20 seconds).

In some embodiments, once and/or after the 3D object printing is complete (e.g., FIG. 2 , 214 ), the build module disengages from the processing chamber and translate away from the processing chamber engagement position (e.g., FIG. 2 , 203 ). Disengagement of the build module from the processing chamber may include closing the processing chamber with its shutter, closing the build module with its shutter, or both closing the processing chamber shutter and closing the build module shutter. Disengagement of the build module from the processing chamber may include maintaining the processing chamber atmosphere to be separate from the enclosure atmosphere, maintaining the build module atmosphere to be separate from the enclosure atmosphere, or maintaining both the processing chamber atmosphere and the build atmosphere separate from the enclosure atmosphere. Disengagement of the build module from the processing chamber may include maintaining the processing chamber atmosphere to be separate from the ambient atmosphere, maintaining the build module atmosphere to be separate from the ambient atmosphere, or maintaining both the processing chamber atmosphere and the build atmosphere separate from the ambient atmosphere. The building platform that is disposed within the build module before engagement with the processing chamber, may be at its topmost position, bottom most position, or anywhere between its top most position and bottom most position within the build module.

At times, the usage of sealable build modules, processing chamber, and/or unpacking chamber allows a small degree of operator intervention, low degree of operator exposure to the pre-transformed material, and/or low down (e.g., shut down) time of the 3D printer. The 3D printing system may operate most of the time without an intermission. The 3D printing system may be utilized for 3D printing most of the time. Most of the time may be at least about 50%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of the time. Most of the time may be between any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 50% to about 99%, from about 80% to about 99%, from about 90% to about 99%, or from about 95% to about 99% of the time. The entire time includes the time during which the 3D printing system prints a 3D object, and time during which it does not print a 3D object. Most of the time may include operation during seven days a week and/or 24 hours during a day.

In some embodiments, the 3D printing requires assistance by one or more operators. At times, the 3D printing system requires operation of maximum a single standard daily work shift. The 3D printing system may require operation by a human operator working at most of about 8 hours (h), 7h, 6h, 5h, 4h, 3h, 2h, 1 h, or 0.5h a day. The 3D printing system may require operation by a human operator working between any of the afore-mentioned time frames (e.g., from about 8h to about 0.5h, from about 8h to about 4h, from about 6h to about 3h, from about 3h to about 0.5h, or from about 2h to about 0.5h a day). The 3D printing system may require operation of maximum a single standard work week shift. The 3D printing system may require operation by a human operator working at most of about 50h, 40 h, 30h, 20h, 10h, 5h, or 1 h a week. The 3D printing system may require operation by a human operator working between any of the afore-mentioned time frames (e.g., from about 40h to about 1h, from about 40h to about 20h, from about 30h to about 10h, from about 20h to about 1h, or from about 10h to about 1h a week). A single operator may support during his daily and/or weekly shift at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 3D printers (i.e., 3D printing systems).

In some embodiments, the enclosure and/or processing chamber of the 3D printing system is opened to the ambient environment sparingly (e.g., during, before, and/or after the 3D printing). In some embodiments, the enclosure and/or processing chamber of the 3D printing system may be opened by an operator (e.g., human) sparingly. Sparing opening may be at most once in at most every 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 weeks. The weeks may comprise weeks of standard operation of the 3D printer.

In some embodiments, the 3D printer has a capacity of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 full prints in terms of pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) reservoir capacity. The 3D printer may have the capacity to print a plurality of 3D objects in parallel. For example, the 3D printer may be able to print at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 3D objects in parallel.

In some embodiments, the printed 3D object is retrieved soon after terminating the last transformation operation of at least a portion of the material bed. Soon after terminating may be at most about 1 day, 12 hours, 6 hours, 3 hours, 2 hours, 1 hour, 30 minutes, 15 minutes, 5 minutes, 240 seconds (sec), 220 sec, 200 sec, 180 sec, 160 sec, 140 sec, 120 sec, 100 sec, 80 sec, 60 sec, 40 sec, 20 sec, 10 sec, 9 sec, 8 sec, 7 sec, 6 sec, 5 sec, 4 sec, 3 sec, 2 sec, or 1 sec. Soon after terminating may be between any of the afore-mentioned time values (e.g., from about is to about 1 day, from about is to about 1 hour, from about 30 minutes to about 1 day, or from about 20 s to about 240 s).

In some embodiments, the 3D printer has a capacity of 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 full prints before requiring human intervention. Human intervention may be required for refilling the pre-transformed (e.g., powder) material, unloading the build modules, unpacking the 3D object, or any combination thereof. The 3D printer operator may condition the 3D printer at any time during operation of the 3D printing system (e.g., during the 3D printing process). Conditioning of the 3D printer may comprise refilling the pre-transformed material that is used by the 3D printer, replacing gas source, or replacing filters. The conditioning may be with or without interrupting the 3D printing system. For example, refilling and unloading from the 3D printer can be done at any time during the 3D printing process without interrupting the 3D printing process. Conditioning may comprise refreshing the 3D printer.

In some embodiments, the 3D printer comprises at least one filter. The filter may be a ventilation filter. The ventilation filter may capture fine powder from the 3D printing system. The filter may comprise a paper filter such as a high-efficiency particulate arrestance (HEPA) filter (a.k.a., high-efficiency particulate arresting or high-efficiency particulate air filter). The ventilation filter may capture spatter. The spatter may result from the 3D printing process. The ventilator may direct the spatter in a requested direction (e.g., by using positive or negative gas pressure). For example, the ventilator may use vacuum. For example, the ventilator may use gas blow.

In some embodiments, the time lapse between the end of printing in a first material bed, and the beginning of printing in a second material bed is at most about 60 minutes (min), 40 min, 30 min, 20 min, 15 min, 10 min, or 5 min. The time lapse between the end of printing in a first material bed, and the beginning of printing in a second material bed may be between any of the afore-mentioned times (e.g., from about 60 min to abo 5 min, from about 60 min to about 30 min, from about 30 min to about 5 min, from about 20 min to about 5 min, from about 20 min to about 10 min, or from about 15 min to about 5 min). The speed during which the 3D printing process proceeds is disclosed in Patent Application serial number PCT/US15/36802 that is incorporated herein in its entirety.

In some embodiments, the 3D object is removed from the material bed after the completion of the 3D printing process. For example, the 3D object may be removed from the material bed when the transformed material that formed the 3D object hardens. For example, the 3D object may be removed from the material bed when the transformed material that formed the 3D object is no longer susceptible to deformation under standard handling operation (e.g., human and/or machine handling).

At times, the generated 3D object requires very little or no further processing after its retrieval.

Further processing may be post printing processing. Further processing may comprise trimming, as disclosed herein. Further processing may comprise polishing (e.g., sanding). In some cases, the generated 3D object can be retrieved and finalized without removal of transformed material and/or auxiliary support features.

In some examples, the generated 3D object adheres (e.g., substantially) to a requested model of the 3D object. The 3D object (e.g., solidified material) that is generated can have an average deviation value from the intended dimensions (e.g., of a requested 3D object) of at most about 0.5 microns (m), 1 μm, 3 μm, 10 μm, 30 μm, 100 μm, 300 μm or less from a requested model of the 3D object. The deviation can be any value between the afore-mentioned values. The average deviation can be from about 0.5 μm to about 300 μm, from about 10 μm to about 50 μm, from about 15 μm to about 85 μm, from about 5 μm to about 45 μm, or from about 15 μm to about 35 μm. The 3D object can have a deviation from the intended dimensions in a specific direction, according to the formula Dv+L/K dv , wherein Dv is a deviation value, L is the length of the 3D object in a specific direction, and K dv is a constant. Dv can have a value of at most about 300 μm, 200 μm, 100 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, 30 μm, 20 μm, 10 μm, 5 μm, 1 μm, or 0.5 μm. Dv can have a value of at least about 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 3 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 50 μm, 70 μm, 100 μm, 300 μm or less. Dv can have any value between the afore-mentioned values. For example, Dv can have a value that is from about 0.5 μm to about 300 μm, from about 10 μm to about 50 μm, from about 15 μm to about 85 μm, from about 5 μm to about 45 μm, or from about 15 μm to about 35 μm. K dv can have a value of at most about 3000, 2500, 2000, 1500, 1000, or 500. K dv can have a value of at least about 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, or 3000. K dv can have any value between the afore-mentioned values. For example, K dv can have a value that is from about 3000 to about 500, from about 1000 to about 2500, from about 500 to about 2000, from about 1000 to about 3000, or from about 1000 to about 2500.

At times, the generated 3D object (i.e., the printed 3D object) does not require further processing following its generation by a method described herein. The printed 3D object may require reduced amount of processing after its generation by a method described herein. For example, the printed 3D object may not require removal of auxiliary support (e.g., since the printed 3D object was generated as a 3D object devoid of auxiliary support). The printed 3D object may not require smoothing, flattening, polishing, or leveling. The printed 3D object may not require further machining. In some examples, the printed 3D object may require one or more treatment operations following its generation (e.g., post generation treatment, or post printing treatment). The further treatment step(s) may comprise surface scraping, machining, polishing, grinding, blasting (e.g., sand blasting, bead blasting, shot blasting, or dry ice blasting), annealing, or chemical treatment. The further treatment may comprise physical or chemical treatment. The further treatment step(s) may comprise electrochemical treatment, ablating, polishing (e.g., electro polishing), pickling, grinding, honing, or lapping. In some examples, the printed 3D object may require a single operation (e.g., of sand blasting) following its formation. The printed 3D object may require an operation of sand blasting following its formation. Polishing may comprise electro polishing (e.g., electrochemical polishing or electrolytic polishing). The further treatment may comprise the use of abrasive(s). The blasting may comprise sand blasting or soda blasting. The chemical treatment may comprise use or an agent. The agent may comprise an acid, a base, or an organic compound. The further treatment step(s) may comprise adding at least one added layer (e.g., cover layer). The added layer may comprise lamination. The added layer may be of an organic or inorganic material. The added layer may comprise elemental metal, metal alloy, ceramic, or elemental carbon. The added layer may comprise at least one material that composes the printed 3D object. When the printed 3D object undergoes further treatment, the bottom most surface layer of the treated object may be different than the original bottom most surface layer that was formed by the 3D printing (e.g., the bottom skin layer).

At times, the methods described herein are performed in the enclosure (e.g., container, processing chamber, and/or build module). One or more 3D objects can be formed (e.g., generated, and/or printed) in the enclosure (e.g., simultaneously, and/or sequentially). The enclosure may have a predetermined and/or controlled pressure. The enclosure may have a predetermined and/or controlled atmosphere. The control may be manual or via a control system. The atmosphere may comprise at least one gas.

In some examples, the enclosure comprises ambient pressure (e.g., 1 atmosphere), negative pressure (i.e., vacuum) or positive pressure. Different portions of the enclosure may have different atmospheres. The different atmospheres may comprise different gas compositions. The different atmospheres may comprise different atmosphere temperatures. The different atmospheres may comprise ambient pressure (e.g., 1 atmosphere), negative pressure (i.e., vacuum) or positive pressure. The different portions of the enclosure may comprise the processing chamber, build module, or enclosure volume excluding the processing chamber and/or build module. The vacuum may comprise pressure below 1 bar, or below 1 atmosphere. The positively pressurized environment may comprise pressure above 1 bar or above 1 atmosphere. The pressure in the enclosure can be at least about 10 −7 Torr, 10 −6 Torr, 10 −5 Torr, 10 −4 Torr, 10 −3 Torr, 10 −2 Torr, 10 −1 Torr, 1 Torr, 10 Torr, 100 Torr, 1 bar, 2 bar, 3 bar, 4 bar, 5 bar, 10 bar, 20 bar, 30 bar, 40 bar, 50 bar, 100 bar, 200 bar, 300 bar, 400 bar, 500 bar, 1000 bar, or 1100 bar. The pressure in the enclosure can be at least about 100 Torr, 200 Torr, 300 Torr, 400 Torr, 500 Torr, 600 Torr, 700 Torr, 720 Torr, 740 Torr, 750 Torr, 760 Torr, 900 Torr, 1000 Torr, 1100 Torr, or 1200 Torr. The pressure in the enclosure can be between any of the afore-mentioned enclosure pressure values (e.g., from about 10 −7 Torr to about 1200 Torr, from about 10 −7 Torr to about 1 Torr, from about 1 Torr to about 1200 Torr, or from about 10 −2 Torr to about 10 Torr). The chamber can be pressurized to a pressure of at least 10 −7 Torr, 10 −6 Torr, 10 −5 Torr, 10 −4 Torr, 10 −3 Torr, 10 −2 Torr, 10 −1 Torr, 1 Torr, 10 Torr, 100 Torr, 1 bar, 2 bar, 3 bar, 4 bar, 5 bar, 10 bar, 20 bar, 30 bar, 40 bar, 50 bar, 100 bar, 200 bar, 300 bar, 400 bar, 500 bar, or 1000 bar. The chamber can be pressurized to a pressure of at most 10 −7 Torr, 10 −6 Torr, 10 −5 Torr, 10 −4 Torr, 10 −3 Torr, 10 −2 Torr, 10 −1 Torr, 1 Torr, 10 Torr, 100 Torr, 1 bar, 2 bar, 3 bar, 4 bar, 5 bar, 10 bar, 20 bar, 30 bar, 40 bar, 50 bar, 100 bar, 200 bar, 300 bar, 400 bar, 500 bar, or 1000 bar. The pressure in the chamber can be at a range between any of the afore-mentioned pressure values (e.g., from about 10 −7 Torr to about 1000 bar, from about 10 −7 Torr to about 1 Torr, from about 1 Torr to about 100 Barr, from about 1 bar to about 10 bar, from about 1 bar to about 100 bar, or from about 100 bar to about 1000 bar). In some cases, the chamber pressure can be standard atmospheric pressure. The pressure may be measured at an ambient temperature (e.g., room temperature, 20° C., or 25° C.).

In some embodiments, the enclosure includes an atmosphere. The enclosure may comprise a (e.g., substantially) inert atmosphere. The atmosphere in the enclosure may be (e.g., substantially) depleted by one or more gases present in the ambient atmosphere. The atmosphere in the enclosure may include a reduced level of one or more gases relative to the ambient atmosphere. For example, the atmosphere may be substantially depleted, or have reduced levels of water (i.e., humidity), oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, or any combination thereof. The level of the depleted or reduced level gas may be at most about 1 ppm, 10 ppm, 50 ppm, 100 ppm, 500 ppm, 1000 ppm, 5000 ppm, 10000 ppm, 25000 ppm, 50000 ppm, or 70000 ppm volume by volume (v/v). The level of the depleted or reduced level gas may be at least about 1 ppm, 10 ppm, 50 ppm, 100 ppm, 500 ppm, 1000 ppm, 5000 ppm, 10000 ppm, 25000 ppm, 50000 ppm, or 70000 ppm (v/v). The level of the oxygen gas may be at most about 1 ppm, 10 ppm, 50 ppm, 100 ppm, 500 ppm, 1000 ppm, 5000 ppm, 10000 ppm, 25000 ppm, 50000 ppm, or 70000 ppm (v/v). The level of the water vapor may be at most about 1 ppm, 10 ppm, 50 ppm, 100 ppm, 500 ppm, 1000 ppm, 5000 ppm, 10000 ppm, 25000 ppm, 50000 ppm, or 70000 ppm (v/v). The level of the gas (e.g., depleted or reduced level gas, oxygen, or water) may be between any of the afore-mentioned levels of gas. The atmosphere may comprise air. The atmosphere may be inert. The atmosphere may be non-reactive. The atmosphere may be non-reactive with the material (e.g., the pre-transformed material deposited in the layer of material (e.g., powder), or the material comprising the 3D object). The atmosphere may prevent oxidation of the generated 3D object. The atmosphere may prevent oxidation of the pre-transformed material within the layer of pre-transformed material before its transformation, during its transformation, after its transformation, before its hardening, after its hardening, or any combination thereof. The atmosphere may comprise argon or nitrogen gas. The atmosphere may comprise a Nobel gas. The atmosphere can comprise a gas selected from the group consisting of argon, nitrogen, helium, neon, krypton, xenon, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and carbon dioxide. The atmosphere may comprise hydrogen gas. The atmosphere may comprise a safe amount of hydrogen gas. The atmosphere may comprise a v/v percent of hydrogen gas of at least about 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, or 5%, at ambient pressure (e.g., and ambient temperature). The atmosphere may comprise a v/v percent of hydrogen gas of at most about 0.05%, 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5%, 0.6%, 0.7%, 0.8%, 0.9%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, or 5%, at ambient pressure (e.g., and ambient temperature). The atmosphere may comprise any percent of hydrogen between the afore-mentioned percentages of hydrogen gas. The atmosphere may comprise a v/v hydrogen gas percent that is at least able to react with the material (e.g., at ambient temperature and/or at ambient pressure), and at most adhere to the prevalent work-safety standards in the jurisdiction (e.g., hydrogen codes and standards). The material may be the material within the layer of pre-transformed material (e.g., powder), the transformed material, the hardened material, or the material within the 3D object. Ambient refers to a condition to which people are generally accustomed. For example, ambient pressure may be 1 atmosphere. Ambient temperature may be a typical temperature to which humans are generally accustomed. For example, from about 15° C. to about 30° C., from about −30° C. to about 60° C., from about −20° C. to about 50° C., from 16° C. to about 26° C., from about 20° C. to about 25° C. “Room temperature” may be measured in a confined or in a non-confined space. For example, “room temperature” can be measured in a room, an office, a factory, a vehicle, a container, or outdoors. The vehicle may be a car, a truck, a bus, an airplane, a space shuttle, a spaceship, a ship, a boat, or any other vehicle. Room temperature may represent the small range of temperatures at which the atmosphere feels neither hot nor cold, for example, approximately 24° C., 20° C., 25° C., or any value from about 20° C. to about 25° C.

At times, the pre-transformed material is deposited in an enclosure (e.g., a container). FIG. 1 shows an example of a container 123 . The container can contain the pre-transformed material (e.g., without spillage; FIG. 1 , 104 ). The material may be placed in, or inserted to the container. The material may be deposited in, pushed to, sucked into, or lifted to the container. The material may be layered (e.g., spread) in the container. The container may comprise a substrate (e.g., FIG. 1 , 109 ). The substrate may be situated adjacent to the bottom of the container (e.g., FIG. 1 , 111 ). Bottom may be relative to the gravitational field, or relative to the position of the footprint of the energy beam (e.g., FIG. 1 , 101 ) on the layer of pre-transformed material as part of a material bed. The footprint of the energy beam may follow a Gaussian bell shape. In some embodiments, the footprint of the energy beam does not follow a Gaussian bell shape. The container may comprise a platform comprising a base (e.g., FIG. 1 , 102 ). The platform may comprise a substrate (e.g., FIG. 1 , 109 ). The base may reside adjacent to the substrate. The pre-transformed material may be layered adjacent to a side of the container (e.g., on the bottom of the container). The pre-transformed material may be layered adjacent to the substrate and/or adjacent to the base. Adjacent to may be above. Adjacent to may be directly above, or directly on. The substrate may have one or more seals (e.g., FIG. 1 , 103 ) that enclose the material in a selected area within the container. The one or more seals may be flexible or non-flexible. The one or more seals may comprise a polymer or a resin. The one or more seals may comprise a round edge or a flat edge. The one or more seals may be bendable or non-bendable. The seals may be stiff. The container may comprise the base. The base may be situated within the container. The container may comprise the platform, which may be situated within the container. The enclosure, container, processing chamber, and/or building module may comprise an optical window. An example of an optical window can be seen in FIG. 1 , 115 , FIG. 11 , 1182 , FIG. 12 , 1215 . The optical window may allow the energy beam (e.g., FIG. 1 , 101 ; FIG. 12 , 1201 ) to pass through without (e.g., substantial) energetic loss. A ventilator may prevent spatter from accumulating on the surface optical window that is disposed within the enclosure (e.g., within the processing chamber) during the 3D printing. An opening of the ventilator may be situated within the enclosure (e.g., FIG. 1 , 126 ).

At times, the pre-transformed material is deposited in the enclosure by a material dispensing mechanism (e.g., FIGS. 1 , 116 , 117 and 118 ) to form a layer of pre-transformed material within the enclosure. The deposited material may be leveled by a leveling operation. The leveling operation may comprise using a material (e.g., powder) removal mechanism that does not contact the exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., FIG. 1 , 118 ). The leveling operation may comprise using a leveling mechanism that contacts the exposed surface of the material bed (e.g., FIG. 1 , 117 ). The material (e.g., powder) dispensing mechanism may comprise one or more dispensers (e.g., FIG. 1 , 116 ). The material dispensing system may comprise at least one material (e.g., bulk) reservoir. The material may be deposited by a layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., a layer dispenser) (e.g., recoater). The layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., a leveler and/or material remover of the layer dispensing mechanism) may level the dispensed material without contacting the material bed (e.g., the top surface of the powder bed). The layer dispensing mechanism may include any layer dispensing mechanism and/or a material (e.g., powder) dispenser used in 3D printing. Examples of layer dispensing mechanisms, their components, and associated methods, software, systems, devices, and apparatuses, can be found in PCT/US15/36802 or in U.S. Ser. No. 15/374,535, each of which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.

FIG. 31 schematically illustrates a cross-section (or side) view of a 3D printing system 3100 , in accordance with some embodiments. In some cases, the 3D printing system includes a first chamber side (e.g., comprising an ancillary chamber, e.g., 3102 ) and a second chamber side (e.g., comprising a processing chamber, e.g., 3104 ). One or more components in the first chamber side can be reversibly coupled or (e.g., substantially) irreversibly coupled (e.g., integrally coupled) with one or more components of the second chamber side. For example, the ancillary chamber in the first chamber side can be reversibly coupled or (e.g., substantially) irreversibly coupled (e.g., integrally coupled) to the processing chamber. In some embodiments, an interior volume of the second chamber side is larger than an interior volume of first chamber side. For example, the processing chamber may be larger than the ancillary chamber. The second chamber side can be configured to house a material (e.g., pre-transformed material (e.g., powder)) and/or one or more 3D objects (e.g., during one or more printing operations for forming the one or more 3D objects). The first chamber side can be configured to house one or more apparatuses (also referred to as device(s)) used in the one or more printing operations. In some embodiments, the one or more apparatuses includes a layer forming device. The layer forming device can be used to dispense (e.g., project, or stream) pre-transformed material towards a platform. The layer forming device can be used to form one or more layers of material (e.g., of pre-transformed material). In some embodiments, the one or more layers of material are part of a material bed formed within the second chamber side. The 3D printing system can optionally include a partition (also referred to as a first partition) (e.g., 3106 ). In some embodiments, the first partition separates a first atmosphere in the first chamber side from a second atmosphere in the second chamber side. In some embodiments, the first atmosphere is different than the second atmosphere. In some embodiments, the first atmosphere is the same as the second atmosphere. The first partition can include one or more openings (also referred to as window(s), door(s), hole(s), aperture(s)) that are configured to allow the one or more apparatuses to transit between the first and second chamber sides, e.g., through the one or more openings. For example, the one or more apparatuses can be positioned within the second chamber side during the one or more processes (e.g., layer forming processes), and transition to the first chamber side after the one or more processes are complete. For example, the one or more apparatuses can be positioned within the second chamber side when the energy beam(s) is idle (e.g., shut), and transition to the first chamber side when the energy beam(s) is operational. At times, a plurality of energy beams may facilitate formation of one or more 3D objects. The one or more apparatuses can remain within the first chamber side during another one or more processes (e.g., transformation operations (e.g., energy beam operations)). In some embodiments, the one or more openings of the first partition allow a first atmosphere within the first chamber side to mix with a second atmosphere in the second chamber side (e.g., the one or more openings is not sealed). In some embodiments, the one or more openings of the first partition are sealed (e.g., using one or more seals). The seal(s) may isolate the first atmosphere from (i) the second atmosphere, (ii) pre-transformed material, and/or (iii) products of a 3D printing process, during one or more printing operations. The products of a 3D printing process may comprise debris, or plasma. The debris may comprise pre-transformed material, transforming material, or transformed material. In some embodiments, the one or more openings of the first partition can be sealed during some operations, and unsealed during other operations. The operations may be associated with the printing. The first chamber side can optionally be reversibly coupled or (e.g., substantially) irreversibly coupled (e.g., integrally coupled) with a shaft system (e.g., 3108 ). The shaft system can include one or more shafts and/or one or more channels, e.g., as described herein. In some embodiments, the one or more shafts and/or channels can facilitate movement (e.g., translation) of the one or more apparatuses and/or provide vacuum and/or gas pressure to the one or apparatuses, e.g., as described herein. An optional partition (also referred to as a second partition or shaft partition) (e.g., 3110 ) can separate the first chamber side from the shaft system. In some embodiments, the second partition separates the first atmosphere in the first chamber side from a third atmosphere in the shaft system. In some embodiments, the first atmosphere is different than the third atmosphere. In some embodiments, the first atmosphere is the same as the third atmosphere. In some embodiments, the third atmosphere is an ambient atmosphere. The second partition can include one or more openings (also referred to as window(s), door(s), hole(s), aperture(s)) that are configured to allow the one or more shafts and/or channels to pass therethrough. In some embodiments, the shaft system can be configured to house one or more control devices (e.g., actuators and/or motors) that control operation of the one or more shafts and/or channels. The one or more control devices (e.g., actuator) can be disposed external or internal to the enclosure. The one or more control devices (e.g., actuator) can be disposed external to the first and/or second chamber side portion. The one or more control devices (e.g., actuator) can be disposed in the first and/or second chamber side portion. The one or more control devices (e.g., actuator) can be disposed external to the processing chamber (e.g., enclosure that encloses a 3D object during printing). In some embodiments, the one or more control devices (e.g., actuators or motors) control movement (e.g., translation) of the one or more apparatuses in the processing chamber. The one or more control devices (e.g., actuator) can be disposed external to the ancillary chamber (e.g., enclosure that encloses a 3D object during printing). In some embodiments, the one or more control devices (e.g., actuators or motors) control movement (e.g., translation) of the one or more apparatuses in the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the one or more actuators are used to control movement of the one or more apparatuses (e.g., layer forming device) housed within the first chamber side. In some embodiments, the second partition includes one or more openings (also referred to as partition holes, shaft holes, or channel holes). In some embodiments, the one or more openings within the second partition are sealed (e.g., to reduce an amount of (e.g., prevent) material (e.g., pre-transformed material) from reaching the one or more control devices (e.g., actuators or motors) within the shaft system. In some embodiments, the first chamber side portion engages with the second chamber side portion to form the enclosure. For example, the processing chamber can engage with the ancillary chamber to form the enclosure. In some embodiments, the first chamber side portion disengages with the second chamber side portion. For example, the processing chamber can disengage from the ancillary chamber to form the enclosure. The first and/or second opening my close prior to a disengagement of the first chamber side portion from the first chamber side portion. Closure of the first and/or second openings may facilitate maintaining an inert atmosphere in the first chamber side portion and/or second chamber side portion, e.g., upon disengagement. Closure of the first and/or second openings may facilitate continuation of a printing operation one chamber side portion while the second side portion is being removed. The removal may be for replacement (e.g., by another chamber side portion), maintenance, repair, replenishment, or any combination thereof. For example, the processing chamber opening can close prior to disengagement from the ancillary chamber (e.g., to maintain its atmosphere and/or continue the printing process). For example, the ancillary chamber opening can close prior to disengagement from the processing chamber (e.g., to maintain its atmosphere). For example, the ancillary chamber can disengage in order to be replaced by another ancillary chamber, to maintain one of its components, or to replace one of its components. Maintain comprises fix, upgrade, adjust, or any combination thereof. Closure of at least the processing chamber opening, may facilitate performing one or more operations relating to the ancillary chamber, e.g., during the printing and/or without disturbing the printing.

In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism includes components comprising a material dispensing mechanism, material leveling mechanism, material removal mechanism, or any combination or permutation thereof. In some configurations, the material dispensing mechanism may comprise a material dispenser. The material dispenser may be operatively coupled to a mechanism that causes at least a portion of the pre-transformed material within the material dispenser to vibrate (also referred to herein as a “vibration mechanism”). Vibrate may comprise pulsate, throb, resonate, shiver, tremble, flutter or shake. For example, the vibration mechanism may cause one or more sides of the internal reservoir of the material dispenser to vibrate. For example, the vibration mechanism may cause at least a portion of the exit opening of the material dispenser to vibrate. For example, the vibration mechanism may cause one or more components of the material dispenser to vibrate. For example, the vibration mechanism may cause the material dispenser to vibrate. The vibration mechanism may be any vibration mechanism described herein. The material dispenser may comprise a container (e.g., an internal reservoir of pre-transformed material). The pre-transformed material may reside within the container. The container may have a uniform or a non-uniform shape. The container may comprise at least one portion of a wall that is slanted towards an exit opening port. The slanted portion may facilitate flow of material through the exit opening port (e.g., during the dispensing the pre-transformed material). The container may comprise an internal cavity. The internal cavity may facilitate directional flow of the material. The container may comprise an exit opening. The exit opening may be on a bottom surface, and/or at a wall surface of the container. The wall may be a side wall. The exit opening may facilitate (e.g., allow) dispensing of pre-transformed material towards the platform and/or gravitational center. At least one wall of the container may be translatable (e.g., adjustable). The at least one wall of the container may be controlled to adjust the exit opening of the container (e.g., adjust the gap of the exit opening). For example, the lateral distance between a first wall and a second wall opposing the first wall, may be adjusted to facilitate a requested exit opening (e.g., narrow, or wide). The lateral distance between the walls of the container that form the exit opening may be at most about 0.1 millimeter (mm), 0.2 mm, 0.5 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, or 10 mm. The lateral distance may be a range of distance between any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 0.1 mm to about 10 mm, from about 0.1 mm to about 1 mm, from about 1 mm to about 4 mm, from about 4 mm to about 7 mm, or from about 7 mm to about 10 mm). The container may be operatively coupled to at least one controller. The at least one controller may facilitate adjustment of the distance between a first wall and a second wall of the container. The adjustment may be done before, after or during at least a portion of the 3D printing (e.g., the entire 3D printing). For example, the adjustment may be before, after, and/or during dispensing a layer of pre-transformed material. The control may be manual and/or automatic (e.g., using a controller). The one or more walls of the container may comprise a smooth internal surface (e.g., that comes into direct contact with at least a portion of the pre-transformed material within the material dispenser). Smooth surface may be of an Ra value of at most about 3 μm, 4 μm, 5 μm, 6 μm, 7 μm, 8 μm, 9 μm, 10 μm, 30 μm, 40 μm, 50 μm, 75 μm, or 100 μm. Smooth surface may be of an Ra value that is between any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 3 μm to about 100 μm, from about 3 μm to about 40 μm, or from about 3 μm to about 10 μm). The smooth internal surface may exhibit a small, negligible, and/or insubstantial amount of friction with the pre-transformed material (e.g., relative to the intended purpose of dispensing the pre-transformed material from the exit opening port of the material dispenser). The small, negligible, and/or insubstantial amount of friction may facilitate (e.g., easy, uninterrupted, and/or continuous) dispensing of the pre-transformed material in a requested manner. The one or more smooth walls of the container may be formed by a polishing process (e.g., soda-blasting, vapor polishing, flame polishing, paste polishing, or chemical-mechanical polishing). The one or more smooth walls of the container may be formed by coating a wall with a coating (e.g., a polished material). Examples of polished material include mirror, or polished stainless steel. The coating may alter the surface properties. For example, the coating may alter the adhesion, attraction and/or repulsion of the pre-transformed material to the internal surface. For example, the coating may reduce the adhesion and/or attraction of the pre-transformed material to the internal surface. For example, the coating may cause the pre-transformed material to repel from the internal surface. The surface structure of the internal surface may comprise a low attachment surface (e.g., a Lilly pad, or shark skin type surfaces). The container may comprise an entry opening port. The entry opening may be located on a top surface of the container. Top may be in a direction opposite to the platform and/or gravitational center. The material may reside in the container until the exit opening may be opened to allow dispensing of the material. In some embodiments, the entry opening may have an area (e.g., or FLS) that is different than that of the exit opening. For example, the entry opening may have a wider opening than the exit opening. At times, the entry opening may be of (e.g., substantially) the same area (e.g., or FLS) as the exit opening. The exit opening may be operatively coupled to an opening-obstruction. Examples of an opening-obstruction include one or more sectional doors, a sliding door (e.g., FIG. 18 C, 1870 ), a folding door, a swing-out (e.g., FIG. 18 A, 1830 ) or a roll-up door. The opening-obstruction may be physically and/or operatively coupled at a position adjacent to the exit opening. Physically coupled may comprise a hinge and/or a motor. The position adjacent to the exit opening may comprise a position at the external surface of the material dispenser. Adjacent may be on a (e.g., external) bottom surface of the container. Adjacent may be below the exit opening. The opening obstruction may be physically and/or operatively coupled via a mechanical connector, a controlled sensor, a magnetic connector, an electro-magnetic connector, or an electrical connector. The opening obstruction may be operatively coupled to at least one controller. The controller may actuate the opening of the opening obstruction (e.g., at a requested and/or predetermined time). The controller may receive feedback from at least one sensor. The opening and/or closing of the opening obstruction may be controlled based on the feedback from the sensor. For example, a height (e.g., optical) sensor may detect the height of a dispensed layer. The controller may receive a detected height input. The controller may adjust the amount of pre-transformed material to be dispensed based on the detected height. To adjust the amount of material to be dispensed, the controller may adjust the lateral distance of the exit opening and/or the position of the opening obstruction. The detected height may be at least about 200 microns (m), 250 μm, 300 μm, 350 μm, 400 μm, 450 μm, 500 μm, 550 μm, 600 μm, 650 μm, 700 μm, 750 μm, 800 μm, 850 μm, 900 μm or 950 μm. The detected height can be between any of the afore-mentioned amounts (e.g., from about 200 μm to about 950 μm, from about 200 μm to about 500 μm, from about 500 μm to about 700 μm, or from about 700 μm to about 950 μm). At times, the material within the container may actuate (e.g., push) the opening-obstruction (e.g., to open the exit opening port and allow pre-transformed material to exit the material dispenser). An actuator may facilitate sliding, swinging-out, or rolling the opening-obstruction to facilitate dispensing of the material from the exit opening of the material dispenser. A controller may control the actuator (e.g., in real-time during at least a portion of the 3D printing). The opening-obstruction may at least partially (e.g., fully) open when dispensing the material from the exit opening (e.g., before, after, and/or during the 3D printing). The degree to which the opening-obstruction obstructs the exit opening port may be controlled (e.g., in real time during the dispensing). The degree to which the opening-obstruction obstructs the exit opening port may regulate (e.g., in real time during the dispensing) the amount of pre-transformed material that exits the material dispenser. The opening obstruction may be closed once a sufficient amount of pre-transformed material has been dispensed at a position. For example, the opening obstruction may be closed at times during a portion of a deposition cycle of a pre-transformed material layer. For example, the opening obstruction may be closed once a layer of material has been dispensed. At times, the opening obstruction may be closed when the material leveling mechanism and/or the material removal mechanism are in operation. FIGS. 18 A- 18 C show examples of a side view of a material dispensing mechanism that comprise various opening obstructions. FIG. 18 A shows an example of a material dispensing mechanism that dispenses material (e.g., 1820 ) to form a layer of material (e.g., 1845 ) on a platform (e.g., 1841 ). The material may comprise a pre-transformed material. The material dispensing mechanism translates in a lateral direction (e.g., 1840 ). The material dispensing mechanism may not be in contact with the target surface (e.g., exposed surface of a material bed). The target surface can include any suitable surface used for one or more transformation operations. In some embodiments, the target surface includes a surface at which an energy beam (e.g., laser beam, electron beam, and/or ion beam) is directed. For example, the target surface can correspond to an exposed surface of a material bed used in a selective sintering operation. In some embodiments, the target surface includes surfaces of a pre-transformed material that is not in a material bed. The layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., comprising the material dispensing mechanism) may translate in a parallel manner (e.g., in a direction that is (e.g., substantially) parallel) with respect to the platform (e.g., a surface (e.g., top surface) of the platform (e.g., base)), e.g., as it translates laterally. The layer dispensing mechanism may translate in a manner that deviates from being parallel with respect to the platform. For example, the layer dispensing mechanism may approach the platform, e.g., as it travels laterally. For example, the layer dispensing mechanism may sag towards the platform, e.g., as it translates laterally. The dispensed layer of material may form a material bed above the platform (e.g., base). The material dispensing mechanism comprises a container (e.g., having a side wall 1810 ) that contains the pre-transformed material (e.g., 1839 ). The material dispensing mechanism may further comprise an opening-obstruction (e.g., 1830 ). The opening-obstruction may swing-out (e.g., 1825 ) to allow material dispensing from the container through the exit opening (e.g., 1832 ). The swinging-out may be about a rotational axis (e.g., using a hinge). The opening-obstruction may swivel. The opening obstruction may be physically coupled to an edge of a wall of the container (e.g., 1834 ) and the exit opening. FIG. 18 B shows an example of a material dispensing mechanism that comprises multiple opening obstructions (e.g., 1850 , and 1852 ). At least one of the plurality of opening obstructions may swing out (e.g., 1855 ) to allow dispensing of material from the exit opening. At least two of the plurality of opening obstructions may be synchronized. At least two of the plurality of opening obstructions may not be synchronized. Synchronized may be according to the timing and/or magnitude of their respective opening. At least two of the opening-obstructions may be operatively coupled to the same controller. At least two of the opening-obstructions may be operatively coupled to different controllers. The opening obstructions may be independently controlled. For example, a first opening obstruction (e.g., 1850 ) may swing out to dispense material while the second opening obstruction (e.g., 1852 ) may be closed. FIG. 18 C shows an example of a material dispensing mechanism that comprises a sliding opening obstruction (e.g., 1872 ). The opening obstruction may slide in a lateral direction (e.g., along the X-axis, 1872 ). The opening-obstruction may be controlled. Controlling may include sliding the opening obstruction at least in part, such that at least a portion of the exit opening allows dispensing of the pre-transformed material (e.g., while a portion of the exit opening remains closed). The amount of pre-transformed material dispensed may be controlled by controlling the opening (e.g., sliding) of the opening obstruction. Examples of layer dispensing mechanisms (e.g., layer forming device), their components, and associated methods, software, systems, devices, and apparatuses, can be found in PCT/US15/36802 or in U.S. Ser. No. 15/374,535, each of which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.

In some embodiments, the 3D printer comprises at least one ancillary chamber. The ancillary chamber may be an integral part of the processing chamber. At times, the ancillary chamber may be separate (e.g., separable) from the processing chamber. The ancillary chamber may be mounted to the processing chamber (e.g., before, after, or during the 3D printing). The mounting may be reversible mounting. The mounting may be controlled (e.g., manually or by a controller). The atmosphere of the ancillary and processing chamber may be (e.g., substantially) the same atmosphere (e.g., during a printing operation). At times, the atmosphere of the ancillary chamber and the processing chamber may differ (e.g., during a printing operation). The atmosphere of the ancillary chamber may be an inert atmosphere (e.g., during a printing operation). The atmosphere in the ancillary chamber may be deficient by one or more reactive species (e.g., water and/or oxygen) (e.g., during a printing operation). The ancillary chamber may be a garage. The garage may be used to house (e.g., park) one or more components of the 3D printer. The component may be a layer dispensing mechanism. The layer forming device may be in a parked mode when the layer dispensing mechanism (or a portion thereof) is within the ancillary chamber and is not forming (e.g., dispensing, removing and/or shaping) a layer of material (e.g., pre-transformed material). The layer forming device may be in a parked mode when it is (e.g., substantially) stationary (e.g., not translating and/or vibrating). The layer forming device may be in a layer forming mode when the layer forming device is and is forming (e.g., dispensing, removing and/or shaping) a layer of material (e.g., pre-transformed material) (e.g., in the processing chamber). One or more controllers can be configured a mode of the layer forming device (e.g., layer forming and/or parked mode). The ancillary chamber (e.g., FIG. 11 , 1105 ) may be coupled to one of the side walls of the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 11 , 1180 ). In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber may be incorporated in the processing chamber. The processing chamber may be similar to the one described herein (e.g., FIG. 1 , 126 , FIG. 2 , 216 ). At times, the ancillary chamber may be a part of the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 2 , 216 ). At times, the ancillary chamber may be coupled to the processing chamber. At times, the ancillary chamber may be coupled to one of the side walls of the processing chamber. The ancillary chamber may be mounted to the processing chamber. The mounting may be reversible mounting. The mounting may be controlled (e.g., manually or by a controller). The atmosphere of the ancillary chamber and processing chamber may be (e.g., substantially) the same atmosphere. At times, the atmosphere of the ancillary chamber and the processing chamber may differ.

In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism is coupled to one or more shafts (e.g., a rod, a pole, a bar, a cylinder, one or more spherical bearings coupled at a predetermined distance) (e.g., FIG. 11 , 1110 , FIG. 13 , 1310 , FIG. 12 , 1236 ). The shaft may comprise a vertical (e.g., small) cross section of a circle, triangle, square, pentagon, hexagon, octagon, or any other polygon. The vertical cross section may be of an amorphous shape. The one or more shafts may be movable. For example, the shaft may be movable to and from the ancillary chamber (e.g., before, during, and/or after the 3D printing). For example, the shaft may be movable from the ancillary chamber to the processing chamber (e.g., for deposition of a layer of material). For example, the shaft may be movable from the processing chamber to the ancillary chamber (e.g., in preparation for transforming at least a portion of the material bed). FIG. 13 shows an example of a shaft, 1310 . At times, at least a portion of the shaft may reside within the ancillary chamber (e.g., FIG. 11 , 1110 ). At times, at least a portion of the shaft may reside out of the ancillary chamber (e.g., FIG. 11 , 1175 ). The atmosphere of the portion of the shaft residing within the ancillary chamber may be (e.g., substantially) the same atmosphere as the atmosphere of the ancillary chamber. The atmosphere of the ancillary chamber may be an inert atmosphere. The atmosphere in the ancillary chamber may be deficient by one or more reactive species (e.g., water and/or oxygen). The atmosphere of the portion of the shaft residing out of the ancillary chamber may differ from the atmosphere of the ancillary chamber. The atmosphere of the portion of the shaft residing out of the ancillary chamber may not be an inert atmosphere. The atmosphere of the portion of the shaft residing out of the ancillary chamber may be open to one or more reactive species (e.g., water and/or oxygen). The ancillary chamber may accommodate at least a portion of the shaft. FIG. 11 shows an example where the ancillary chamber 1105 accommodates the entire shaft 1110 . FIG. 12 shows an example where the ancillary chamber (e.g., FIG. 12 , 1240 ) accommodates a portion of the shaft (e.g., 1236 ). FIG. 13 shows an example of components of an ancillary chamber (e.g., 1300 ) including one or more shafts (e.g., 1310 ). The one or more shafts may comprise a conveying system. The one or more shafts may comprise a retracting system. The shaft may be (e.g., operatively) coupled to the layer dispensing mechanism (layer forming device) (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1305 ). Coupled may be physically attached to one of the components of the layer dispensing mechanism (also referred to herein as “material handling device”, “layer forming device” “layer dispensing system”). The attachment may be physical, magnetic, electrical, or any combination thereof. Coupled may comprise positional (e.g., optical) sensors to one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism. The shaft may assist in moving the layer dispensing mechanism from the ancillary chamber to a position adjacent to the material bed. The position adjacent to the material bed may be within the processing chamber. The position adjacent to the material bed may be within the build module. The shaft may comprise an internal cavity. The internal cavity may be a channel. For example, the shaft may comprise one or more channels (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1355 ). In some embodiments, at least one of the one or more channels is operationally coupled to one or more components of the layer forming device (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1305 ) and/or the recycling system (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1315 ). For example, at least one of the one or more channels can be configured to transit material (e.g., excess pre-transformed material) from the layer forming device to the recycling system. A portion of the one or more channels (e.g., 1355 ) may be enclosed within the shaft (e.g., 1310 ). A portion of the one or more channels may be external to the shaft (e.g., 1310 ). The external portion of the shaft may be coupled to a reduced pressure (e.g. vacuum) system (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1320 ). The reduce pressure system may comprise a pump (e.g., as disclosed herein). The one or more channels may comprise a transit system. The vacuum system may insert positive pressure through the channel to transit pre-transformed material. The vacuum system may insert negative pressure through the channel to remove pre-transformed material from the ancillary chamber. The vacuum system may insert negative pressure through the channel to remove pre-transformed material from the layer dispensing mechanism. The vacuum system may insert negative pressure through the channel to remove pre-transformed material from the shaft. The vacuum system may transit the collected pre-transformed material to a recycling system (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1315 , FIG. 11 , 1185 ). The recycling system may recycle a collected pre-transformed material back to the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., the pre-transformed material may be transferred manually to the bulk reservoir 1325 ). At times, the transfer of pre-transformed material (e.g., conveying) back to the layer dispensing mechanism may be automated and/or controlled. Controlling may be performed before, after, and/or during the 3D printing. The recycling system may comprise a sieve. The recycling system may comprise a material re-conditioning system. The material re-conditioning system may recondition (e.g., remove any reactive species such as oxygen, water, etc.) the collected pre-transformed material. The reconditioned material may be recycled and used in the 3D printing. Recycling may comprise transporting the material to the layer dispensing mechanism. The recycling may be continuous during the 3D printing. For example, the recycling may be continuous during the time at which the layer dispensing mechanism is parked in the garage.

The number and configuration of shafts and channels can vary. For example, the system (e.g., printing system) can include at least one shaft. At least one channel can be within (e.g., on) the at least one shaft. In some embodiments, a first channel is in a first shaft, and a second channel is in a second shaft. The first channel can configure to guide the material to the layer forming device (e.g., at least one component thereof). The second channel can be configured to guide the material from the layer forming device. The first and/or second channels can be configured to guide the material to the layer forming device (e.g., at least one component thereof). The first and/or second channels are configured to guide the material from the layer forming device (e.g., at least one component thereof). The apparatus can include at least two channels within (e.g., on) a shaft (e.g., a single shaft). A first channel can be configured to guide the material to the layer forming device (e.g., at least one component thereof). A second channel can be configured to guide the material from the layer forming device (e.g., at least one component thereof).

In some examples, the shaft is (e.g., operatively) coupled to an actuator (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1350 , FIG. 11 , 1152 , FIG. 12 , 1252 ). The actuator may move the shaft. The actuator may comprise a linear actuator. The shaft may be (e.g., operatively) coupled to a (e.g., linear) encoder. The actuator may be coupled to a mechanism (e.g., layer forming device) through at least one shaft. The at least one shaft can include at least one channel configured to transport a (e.g., pre-transformed) material therethrough. The actuator can translate the mechanism by translating the at least one shaft. The at least one shaft can be operatively coupled to (e.g., can include) at least one bellow. The at least one shaft can be operatively coupled to an opening in a wall of the enclosure (e.g., processing chamber). The opening can include a seal. The actuator may move the shaft to convey the coupled layer dispensing mechanism adjacent to the build module. The actuator may move the shaft to retract the coupled layer dispensing mechanism (layer forming device) into the ancillary chamber. The layer forming device (or a portion thereof) can be removably housed within the ancillary chamber. For example, the layer forming device (or a portion thereof) can be housed within the ancillary chamber when the layer forming device is not being used to form a layer of material (e.g., within the processing chamber). Examples of an actuator include a linear motor, pneumatic motors, electric motors, solar motors, hydraulic motors, thermal motors, magnetic motors, or mechanical motors. The actuator may reside on a stage (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1370 , FIG. 11 , 1150 , FIG. 12 , 1258 ). The stage may be stationary. The stage may be movable (e.g., before, after, and/or during the 3D printing). The stage may comprise a rail system. The stage may allow smooth movement of the shaft. The shaft may be coupled to one or more bearings. The bearing may be a machine element that constrains relative motion to a requested motion. The bearing may be a machine element that reduces friction between moving components. For example, the bearing may allow a smooth movement of the shaft. The bearing may comprise elements that physically contact the shaft. For example, the bearing (e.g., ball bearing) may comprise balls that contact the shaft in one or more points. The bearing may not contact the shaft (e.g., gas bearing, or magnetic bearing).

In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber is separable from the processing chamber. For example, the ancillary chamber (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1300 ) can includes one or more doors (e.g., 1360 , 1380 , 1335 , or 1364 ) (also referred to as port(s), opening(s), or aperture(s)) that may be sealable (e.g., include one or more seals). On closure, the one or more sealable doors can isolate an atmosphere within the ancillary chamber (e.g., load lock). When open, the one or more sealable doors can provide access to chambers, channels, or systems. For example, one or more sealable doors (e.g., 1360 ) can provide access to a processing chamber. The one or more sealable doors may allow a layer dispensing device (e.g., 1305 ) to travel therethrough, e.g., between the ancillary chamber and adjacent processing chamber. The one or more sealable doors (e.g., 1380 ) can provide access to a recycling system (e.g., 1315 ) (e.g., via one or more connectors (e.g., tubes)). The one or more sealable doors (e.g., 1380 ) to the recycling system can be part of a funnel portion, e.g., as described herein. The one or more sealable doors (e.g., 1364 ) can provide access to a bulk reservoir (e.g., 1325 ) (e.g., which can supply (e.g., pre-transformed) material to the layer forming device). The one or more sealable doors can include any suitable sealing mechanisms (e.g., valve(s) (e.g., gate valve(s)), seals, or O-rings). In some embodiments, one or more coupling members can be used to couple the ancillary chamber to the processing chamber.

The processing chamber may include a sealable door for isolating an atmosphere therein (e.g., and a load lock). In some embodiments, both the processing chamber and the ancillary chamber include sealable doors (e.g., comprising and/or forming a load lock). In some embodiments, one or more coupling members can be used to removably couple the ancillary chamber to the processing chamber. In some embodiments, the coupling members include the one or more seals. Any suitable coupling members and/or seals can be used (e.g., plate(s), fastener(s), clamp(s), bolt(s), latch(es)). In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber includes a door (e.g., 1380 ) (also referred to as port(s), opening(s), or aperture(s)) that provide access to the recycling system (e.g., 1315 ).

FIG. 11 shows an example of a (front) bearing 1122 . The (front) bearings may be coupled to a (e.g., side) of a wall of the enclosure (e.g., ancillary chamber) via one or more supports 1120 . FIG. 13 shows an example of front bearings 1330 and rear bearings 1375 . FIG. 17 shows an example of front bearings 1730 and rear bearings 1775 . The bearings may be stationary (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1330 , 1375 , FIG. 11 , 1122 ). The bearings may be movable (e.g., FIG. 17 , 1775 ). The movable bearing may be coupled to the movement of the shaft (e.g., 1710 ). The bearings may be disposed adjacent to the actuator (e.g., 1750 ). Adjacent may be between the actuator and the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., as shown in the example of FIG. 17 , bearings 1775 ). Adjacent may be a position after the actuator (e.g., as shown in the example of FIG. 13 , bearings 1375 ), such that the actuator is disposed between the bearing and the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., as shown in the example of FIG. 13 , bearings 1330 ). The bearings may facilitate a directional path for the shaft. The movable rear bearings may facilitate (e.g., a directional) movement of the shaft.

In some embodiments, the stage (e.g., 1370 ) optionally comprises a stopper. The stopper may be a bearing, a valve, a plug, a pop-up stopper, a trip lever, or a plunger style stopper. The stopper may control the movable distance of the shaft (e.g., maximum, and/or minimum movement span).

In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber comprises a vibration mechanism. The vibration mechanism may include a motor. The motor may be any motor described herein. The motor may be a motor that exhibits linear motion. The motor exhibiting the linear motion may comprise a linear motor, a rotary motor (e.g., coupled to a conveyor or an escalator), an absolute encoder with motor, an incremental encoder with motor, or a stepper motor. The motor may comprise an electric motor, or a pneumatic motor. The motor may comprise an electro-mechanical motor. The vibration mechanism may include a mechanism that exhibits linear motion (e.g., a drive mechanism). The vibration mechanism may comprise a shaft coupled to (i) a lead screw (e.g., with a nut coupled to the shaft), a (ii) timing belt (e.g., coupled to one or more electric motors), a (iii) a rack and pinion, or (iv) any combination thereof. The lead screw may comprise a nut. The nut may be coupled to a shaft or guide rod. The interior of the shaft may be hollow. The interior of the shaft may comprise one or more cavities. The interior of the shaft may allow a pre-transformed material and/or a gas to flow through the one or more shaft cavities. The shaft may comprise a guiding rod. A turning of the lead screws and/or nut may allow the shaft (or guiding rod) to travel (e.g., in a lateral direction). The lead screw can be coupled to at least one actuator (e.g., a motor). The timing belt may be a toothed belt (i.e., a drive belt with teeth on the inside surface). The timing belt may be coupled to one or more motors (e.g., electrical motors), on the inside surface. The one or more motors may rotate the timing belt. A component may be operatively coupled to the timing belt. The rotation of the timing belt may allow the component to travel in a lateral direction. At times, the component may be coupled to a gear (e.g., a pinion) of a rack and pinion. The rack may comprise a linear bar with teeth on its surface. The gear may be coupled to an actuator (e.g., an electrical motor). The gear may engage with the teeth on the rack, and a rotational motion may be performed. The rotational motion may allow the gear and a component coupled to the gear to travel (e.g., in a lateral direction). At times, optionally, a vibration mechanism may be coupled to at least one component (e.g., material dispenser and/or material leveling mechanism) of the layer dispensing mechanism. For example, a vibration mechanism (e.g., a rotary encoder) may be connected to a (e.g., side of a) material dispensing mechanism. A vibration mechanism may be connected to a (e.g., side of a) material levelling mechanism. At times, at least two components (e.g., the material dispensing mechanism and the material levelling mechanism) of the layer dispensing mechanism may be connected to the same vibration mechanism. At times, at least two components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be connected to a different vibration mechanism. At times, at least two components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be vibrated simultaneously. At times, at least two components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be vibrated independent of each other. At times, the operation of at least two components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be affected by the same vibration mechanism. At times, the operation of at least two components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be affected by different vibration mechanism (e.g., respectively). The vibration mechanism may affect a single component of the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., during its operation). For example, the material levelling mechanism and the material removal mechanism may be paused and/or shut off, when the material dispensing mechanism is operational and/or vibrating. The vibration mechanism may affect the operation of at least two components of the layer dispensing mechanism. For example, the material removal mechanism may be paused and/or shut off, when the material dispensing mechanism and the material levelling mechanism are operational and/or vibrating.

In some embodiments, the one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism are arranged in a specific configuration. The configuration may include coupling the one or more components to at least one shaft. The configuration may include translating the one or more components (e.g., by translating the shaft). The translation may be to the processing chamber from the ancillary chamber, or from the processing chamber to the ancillary chamber. The shaft (e.g., and the one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism) may translate (e.g., laterally) on a trajectory. The trajectory may run parallel to the target surface and/or platform. The trajectory may run from one side of the platform to the opposite side of the platform and/or exposed surface of the material bed. The trajectory may run from one side of the material bed to an opposite side of the material bed. The shaft may translate in a direction towards the processing chamber. The shaft may translate in a direction towards the ancillary chamber.

One or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be (e.g., selectively, and/or controllably) operational during translation. The configuration may comprise (i) a material dispensing mechanism, (ii) a material levelling mechanism, or (iii) a material removal mechanism, at any combination or permutation thereof. For example, the configuration may comprise placing (i) a material dispensing mechanism at a first position on the shaft, coupled to (e.g., followed by) (ii) a material levelling mechanism, coupled to (e.g., followed by) (iii) a material removal mechanism. At times, the configuration may include placing a material dispensing mechanism between the material removal mechanism and the material levelling mechanism. At times, the configuration may comprise placing (i) a material removal mechanism at the first position on the shaft, coupled to (e.g., followed by) (ii) a material levelling mechanism that may be further coupled to (e.g., followed by) (iii) a material dispensing mechanism. FIGS. 19 A- 19 C show examples of various configurations of arranging the components within a layer dispensing mechanism. FIG. 19 A shows an example of a configuration wherein the material leveling mechanism (e.g., leveler) (e.g., comprising 1905 and 1908 ) is at a position between a material removal mechanism (material remover) (e.g., 1904 ) and the material dispensing mechanism (e.g., layer dispenser) (e.g., 1906 ). In the example, FIG. 19 A , the material dispensing mechanism precedes the material leveling mechanism relative to the direction of movement (e.g., 1939 ) of the layer dispensing mechanism. The material dispensing mechanism may be connected (e.g., 1916 , physically, operatively) to the material leveling mechanism. The material leveling mechanism may be coupled (e.g., 1914 , physically, and/or operatively) to the material removal mechanism. In some configurations, at least one component of the layer dispensing mechanism may be connected to at least one shaft (e.g., 1918 ). For example, all the components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be connected to the at least one shaft. The shaft may be operatively coupled (e.g., connected) to an actuator. The actuator may facilitate linear motion of the shaft (e.g., to and from the processing chamber). The linear motion may be in a direction that is (e.g., substantially) parallel (e.g., 1939 ) to a surface of a platform (e.g., 1912 ), e.g., that supports the material bed. The linear motion may be in a direction that is not (e.g., substantially) parallel to the surface of the platform. The linear motion may comprise a component (e.g., be in a) direction that is (e.g., substantially) perpendicular to a direction of movement (e.g., FIG. 1 , 112 ) of the platform (e.g., in accordance with an elevator (e.g., FIG. 1 , 105 ) a build module (e.g., FIG. 1 , 130 )). The linear motion may be in a direction that is not (e.g., substantially) perpendicular to a direction of movement of the platform. The shaft may be operatively coupled (e.g., connected) to a translating component (e.g., 1922 ). The translating component may comprise the actuator. The actuator may be a motor. For example, the translating component may be a motor that facilitates linear motion (e.g., of the shaft and/or of at least one component of the layer dispensing mechanism). The motor may be any motor described herein. FIG. 19 A shows an example of a platform (e.g., 1912 ) above which a layer of material may be dispensed (e.g., 1907 ) to form a material bed (e.g., 1909 ). The 3D object (e.g., 1910 ) may be formed in the material bed. At least two of the material dispensing, material leveling, and material removal may be performed synchronously (e.g., in the same translation cycle). Synchronously may be within a single translation cycle. A translation cycle may include translating the layer dispensing mechanism laterally from a first end of the material bed (e.g., 1924 ) to a second end of the material bed (e.g., 1926 ). An end of a material bed may be a position on the periphery of the material bed. At times, a (e.g., planar) layer of pre-transformed material may be dispensed during the translation cycle. The material bed may be formed by dispensing a plurality of (e.g., planar) layers of pre-transformed material. At times, the amount of pre-transformed material dispensed to form at least two (e.g., planar) layers of the plurality of layers, may be constant. At times, the amount of pre-transformed material dispensed to form at least two (e.g., planar) layers of the plurality of layers, may be different. For example, a first amount of pre-transformed material that is dispensed to form a first layer; and a second amount of pre-transformed material is dispensed to form a second layer. Occasionally, the first amount may be different from the second amount. Occasionally, the first amount may be (e.g., substantially) equal to the second amount. At times, the average height of at least two (e.g., planar) layers of pre-transformed material within the plurality of layers may be constant. At times, the average height of at least two (e.g., planar) layers of pre-transformed material within the plurality of layers may be different. For example, a first (e.g., planar) layer of pre-transformed material may have an average first height, and a second (e.g., planar) layer of pre-transformed material may have an average second height. At times, the second height may be different than the first height. At times, the second height may be (e.g., substantially) the same as the first height. In some instances, the amount of material dispensed to form a layer may vary across the layer. In some instances, the height of the layer may vary across the layer. In some instances, the amount of material dispensed to form a layer be (e.g., substantially) constant across the layer. In some instances, the height of the layer may be (e.g., substantially) constant across the layer. At times, a layer of material may be dispensed, leveled (e.g., planarized) by the leveler (e.g., blade), and a portion thereof may be removed (e.g., by the material remover) during the translation cycle of the layer dispensing mechanism. At times, a single layer of material may be dispensed, and leveled (e.g., planarized) during the translation cycle. The translation cycle may comprise moving from one side of the material bed to the opposing side. The translation cycle may comprise moving from one side of the material bed to the opposing side, and back to the one side. FIG. 19 B shows an example of a configuration wherein the material dispensing mechanism (e.g., 1948 ) may be at a position between the material removal mechanism (e.g., 1946 ) and the material leveling mechanism (e.g., comprising 1949 and 1950 ). In the example, FIG. 19 B , the material dispensing mechanism precedes the material leveling mechanism relative to the direction of movement (e.g., 1940 ) of the layer dispensing mechanism. A layer of material may be dispensed (e.g., 1960 ) and leveled (e.g., 1954 ) within a first portion of the translation cycle (e.g., in the direction 1940 ). The material removal may be performed within a second portion of the translation cycle. The second portion of the translation cycle may be in a reverse direction relative to the first translation cycle. At times, the material dispensing, material leveling, and material removal may be performed asynchronously. Asynchronously may be within more than one translation cycle portion. FIG. 19 C shows an example of a configuration wherein the material leveling mechanism (e.g., comprising 1974 and 1976 ) may be at a position between the material dispensing mechanism (e.g., 1972 ) and the material removal mechanism (e.g., 1975 ). In the example, FIG. 19 C , the material dispensing mechanism precedes the material leveling mechanism, and the material removal mechanism, relative to the direction of movement (e.g., 1970 ) of the layer dispensing mechanism. In the example configuration of FIG. 19 C , the material dispensing, material leveling, and the material removal may be performed in a single translation cycle. A (e.g., substantially) planar layer (e.g., 1984 ) may be formed during the single translation cycle.

In some embodiments, the vibration mechanism is operatively coupled to a first controller. In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism may be operatively coupled to a second controller. At times, a component of the layer dispensing mechanism may be operatively coupled to a third controller. At times, the first controller, second controller and the third controller may be the same controller. At times, the first controller, second controller and the third controller may be different controllers. At times, at least two of the (i) vibration mechanism, (ii) shaft, and (iii) at least one component of the layer dispensing mechanism, may be controlled by the same controller. At times, at least two of the (i) vibration mechanism, (ii) shaft, and (iii) at least one component of the layer dispensing mechanism, may be controlled by a different controller. The controller may control the operation of one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism. For example, the controller may turn on a component of the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., the material dispensing mechanism), for example, when the ancillary chamber is open. The controller may control the operation of the vibration mechanism. For example, the vibration mechanism may be turned on when the material dispensing system may be in operation, or when the material levelling system may be in operation. In some embodiments, the vibration mechanism is turned off when the material removal system may be in operation.

In some embodiments, the vibration mechanism has various operational characteristic. In some embodiments, the vibration mechanism is operatively coupled to at least one actuator that facilitates the movement of the one or more shafts (e.g., between the ancillary chamber and the processing chamber). In some embodiments, the vibration mechanism is operatively coupled to at least one actuator that facilitates the movement of the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., between the ancillary chamber and the processing chamber). The vibration mechanism may be separate from the to at least one actuator that facilitates the movement of the one or more shafts and/or layer dispensing mechanism (or any of its components). The vibration mechanism may be integrated with the at least one actuator that facilitates the movement of the one or more shafts and/or layer dispensing mechanism (or any of its components). For example, the vibration mechanism and the at least one actuator that facilitates the movement of the one or more shafts and/or layer dispensing mechanism (or any of its components) may be the same (e.g., the same actuator, e.g., the same motor). The operational characteristic may comprise (i) a frequency of vibration, (ii) an overall forward and/or backwards velocity of the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism, (iii) a travel distance of the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., when vibration mechanism is in operation), (iv) a dispensed amount of pre-transformed material, or (iv) a removed amount of pre-transformed material. Any of the operational characteristics may pertain to an operating vibration mechanism. Forward velocity pertains to the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism moving away from the ancillary chamber and into the processing chamber. Backward velocity pertains to the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism moving away from the processing chamber and into the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, the forward and backwards velocity may be (e.g., substantially) similar. In some embodiments, the forward and backwards velocity may be different. The frequency of vibration may be at least about 20 Hertz (Hz), 25 Hz, 30 Hz, 35 Hz, 40 Hz, 45 Hz, 50 Hz, 55 Hz, 60 Hz, 65 Hz, 70 Hz, 75 Hz, 80 Hz, 85 Hz, 90 Hz, 95 Hz, 100 Hz, 10 5 Hz, 110 Hz, 115 Hz, 120 Hz, 125 Hz, 130 Hz, 135 Hz, 140 Hz, 145 Hz, or 150 Hz. The frequency of vibration may be at most about 25 Hz, 30 Hz, 35 Hz, 40 Hz, 45 Hz, 50 Hz, 55 Hz, 60 Hz, 65 Hz, 70 Hz, 75 Hz, 80 Hz, 85 Hz, 90 Hz, 95 Hz, 100 Hz, 10 5 Hz, 110 Hz, 115 Hz, 120 Hz, 125 Hz, 130 Hz, 135 Hz, 140 Hz, 145 Hz, or 150 Hz. The frequency of vibration may be a range of frequency between any of the afore-mentioned frequency values (e.g., from about 20 Hz to about 150 Hz, or from about 20 Hz to about 40 Hz, from about 40 Hz to about 100 Hz, or from about 100 Hz to about 150 Hz). The translation velocity of at least one component of the layer dispensing mechanism, may be at most 10 millimeter/second (mm/sec), 20 mm/sec, 30 mm/sec, 40 mm/sec, 50 mm/sec, 60 mm/sec, 70 mm/sec, 80 mm/sec, 90 mm/sec, 100 mm/sec, 110 mm/sec, 120 mm/sec, 125 mm/sec, 130 mm/sec, 140 mm/sec, 150 mm/sec, 160 mm/sec, 170 mm/sec, 180 mm/sec, 190 mm/sec, 200 mm/sec, 250 mm/sec, 300 mm/sec, 400 mm/sec, or 500 mm/sec. The translation velocity of at least one component of the layer dispensing mechanism may be at least 10 millimeter/second (mm/sec), 20 mm/sec, 30 mm/sec, 40 mm/sec, 50 mm/sec, 60 mm/sec, 70 mm/sec, 80 mm/sec, 90 mm/sec, 100 mm/sec, 110 mm/sec, 120 mm/sec, 130 mm/sec, 140 mm/sec, 150 mm/sec, 160 mm/sec, 170 mm/sec, 180 mm/sec, 190 mm/sec, 200 mm/sec, 250 mm/sec, 300 mm/sec, 400 mm/sec, or 500 mm/sec. The translation velocity of at least one component of the layer dispensing mechanism may be a range of velocity between any of the afore-mentioned velocity values (e.g., from about 10 mm/sec to about 500 mm/sec, from about 10 mm/sec to about 125 mm/sec, from about 130 mm/sec to about 300 mm/sec, or, from about 300 mm/sec to about 500 mm/sec). The travel distance of the layer dispensing mechanism within the processing chamber may be at least about 10 millimeter (mm), 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm, 70 mm, 75 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 110 mm, 120 mm, 130 mm, 140 mm, 150 mm, 160 mm, 170 mm, 180 mm, 190 mm, 200 mm, 220 mm, 240 mm, 260 mm, 280 mm, 300 mm, 320 mm, 340 mm, 360 mm, 380 mm, 400 mm, 420 mm, 440 mm, 460 mm, 480 mm, 500 mm, 520 mm, 540 mm, 560 mm, 575 mm, 580 mm, 590 mm, 600 mm, 620 mm, 650 mm, 670 mm, 690 mm or 700 mm. The travel distance of the layer dispensing mechanism within the processing chamber may be at most about 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm, 70 mm, 75 mm, 80 mm, 90 mm, 100 mm, 110 mm, 120 mm, 130 mm, 140 mm, 150 mm, 160 mm, 170 mm, 180 mm, 190 mm, 200 mm, 220 mm, 240 mm, 260 mm, 280 mm, 300 mm, 320 mm, 340 mm, 360 mm, 380 mm, 400 mm, 420 mm, 440 mm, 460 mm, 480 mm, 500 mm, 520 mm, 540 mm, 560 mm, 575 mm, 580 mm, 590 mm, 600 mm, 620 mm, 650 mm, 670 mm, 690 mm or 700 mm. The travel distance of the layer dispensing mechanism may be a range of distance between any of the afore-mentioned distance values (e.g., from about 10 mm to about 700 mm, from about 10 mm to about 300 mm, from about 10 mm to about 75 mm, from about 75 mm to about 575 mm, from about 100 mm to about 400 mm or from about 400 mm to about 700 mm).

In some embodiments, the vibration mechanism facilitates a vibrating motion of a portion of the layer dispensing mechanism. At times, the actuator that moves the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism may additionally facilitate a vibrating motion (e.g., of the shaft). Vibrating motion may include moving the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism in a back-and-forth manner. The vibrating motion may include a dithering movement. The dithering movement may comprise a (e.g., small) back and forth movement along the trajectory of the overall forward movement of the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism. A dithering movement may be a movement in an overall forward direction. A dithering movement may include a movement in a direction reverse from the direction of a previous (e.g., forward) movement. The dithering movement may be small (e.g., shorter in length and time) as compared to an overall movement of the shaft and/or the layer dispensing mechanism. The dithering movement may have a length of at most about 0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.1 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.3 mm, 1.4 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.6 mm, 1.7 mm, 1.8 mm, 1.9 mm, 2.0 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.4 mm, 2.6 mm, 2.7 mm, 2.8 mm, 3.0 mm, 4.0 mm, 5.0 mm, 6.0 mm, 7.0 mm, 8.0 mm, 9.0 mm, or 9.9 mm. The dithering movement may have a length that may be a range between any of the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 0.1 mm to about 9.9 mm, from about 0.1 mm to about 1.0 mm, from about 1.0 mm to about 5.0 mm, or from about 5.0 mm to about 9.9 mm). Vibrating may include moving the shaft in an overall forward direction. At times, the dithering movement may overlap (e.g., superimpose) with the overall forward movement of the shaft. FIGS. 20 A- 20 C show examples of a vibrating motion of a component of the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., leveling mechanism). FIGS. 21 A- 21 C show examples of a (e.g., successive steps in a) vibrating motion of a component of the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., material dispensing mechanism). FIG. 20 A illustrates an example of moving a component of the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., 2007 , 2009 , a leveling mechanism) in a forward direction (e.g., 2017 ) relative to a platform (e.g., FIG. 20 A, 2015 ) or an exposed surface (e.g., 2013 ) of a material bed. FIG. 20 B illustrates an example of moving the component (e.g., comprising 2027 and 2029 ) in a backward direction (e.g., 2037 ) relative to the platform (e.g., FIG. 20 B, 2033 ), relative to a previous position (e.g., 2039 ) of the component, and/or relative to an exposed surface of the material bed. FIG. 20 C and illustrate an example of moving the component (e.g., 2049 ) in the forward direction (e.g., 2047 ), relative to the platform, to a previous position (e.g., 2051 ), and/or relative to the exposed surface of the material bed. When performing the vibration motion of the leveling mechanism (e.g., by translating a shaft in a linear manner), the operation illustrated in FIG. 20 A is executed, followed by the operation illustrated in FIG. 20 B , which is subsequently followed by the operation in FIG. 20 C . For example, the operations in FIG. 20 A- 20 C are performed successively. FIG. 21 A illustrates an example of moving a component of the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., 2138 , a material dispenser) in a forward direction (e.g., 2117 ) relative to a platform (e.g., 2130 ) and/or relative to the exposed surface (e.g., 2131 ) of the material bed, to a position X 2 at time t 1 . FIG. 21 B illustrates an example of moving the component (e.g., 2144 ) in a backward direction (e.g., 2146 ) relative to the platform (e.g., 2150 ), relative to a previous position (e.g., 2145 ) of the component, and/or relative to the exposed surface of the material bed, to a position X 1 at time t 2 . FIG. 21 C illustrates an example of moving the component (e.g., 2164 ) in the forward direction (e.g., 2166 ), on the target surface, relative to a previous position (e.g., 2165 ), to a position X 3 at a time t 3 . Positions X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are along the trajectory of the shaft and/or layer dispensing mechanism. In some examples, the distance X 1 -X 3 is greater than the distance X 1 -X 2 . In some examples, the distance X 1 -X 3 is greater than the distance X 2 -X 3 . Time t 1 is before time t 2 that is before time t 3 . Positions X 1 -X 3 and times t 1 -t 3 may correspond to those in FIG. 20 D . When performing the vibration motion of the material dispensing mechanism (e.g., by translating a shaft in a linear manner), the operation illustrated in FIG. 21 A is executed, followed by the operation illustrated in FIG. 21 B , which is subsequently followed by the operation in FIG. 21 C . In some configurations, the example operations shown in FIGS. 20 A- 20 C and/or FIGS. 21 A- 21 C may be performed by the same vibration mechanism. At times, the example operations shown in FIGS. 20 A- 20 C and/or FIGS. 21 A- 21 C may be performed simultaneously. In some examples, the example operations shown in FIGS. 20 A- 20 C and/or FIGS. 21 A- 21 C may be the same operation respectively. The trajectory of the third operation may partially overlap the trajectory of the second operation, which may partially overlap the trajectory of the first operation. The partial overlapped operations may form an overall propagation (e.g., FIG. 20 A, 2005 , followed by 2025 followed by 2045 ; or FIG. 21 A, 2140 , followed by 2148 , followed by 2168 ) of the component of the layer dispensing mechanism from the first operation by the third operation.

Vibrating one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism may include one or more moving operations selected from (i) moving in a forward direction to form a first forward path, (ii) moving in an opposite direction from the first forward path to at least partially overlap the first forward path to form a backwards path, and (iii) moving in a forward direction from the backwards path to an overall forward position from the first operation. Operations (i) to (iii) can be conducted sequentially. In some embodiments, the backwards path overlaps the first forward path in part. In some embodiments, the second forward path overlaps the backwards path in part. Moving the component of the layer dispensing mechanism and/or shaft may include overall moving in the forward direction (e.g., two steps forward and one step backward). For example, when the non-overlapping second forward path exceeds the first forward path in the direction of forward movement. FIG. 20 D illustrates an example of a graphical representation of the movement of a component of the layer dispensing mechanism, wherein the graphical representation illustrates the position of the component in the X-axis direction (e.g., 2060 ) as time (e.g., 2055 ) progresses. The component moves in an overall forward lateral position (e.g., 2057 , e.g., in the X-axis direction) during a period of time. The overall forward lateral movement may be superimposed by a dithering movement (e.g., 2059 , a vibration movement). At times, the displacement of the component in a forward movement may be greater than the displacement of the component in the backward movement (e.g., accounting for an overall forward movement). At times, the displacement of the component in a backward movement may be greater than the displacement of the component in the forward movement (e.g., accounting for an overall backward movement). At times, the displacement of the component in the forward movement may be (e.g., substantially) the same as the displacement of the component in the backward movement. FIG. 20 E illustrates an example of a graphical representation of the acceleration of movement of a component of the layer dispensing mechanism, wherein the graphical representation illustrates the change in velocity (e.g., 2070 ) of movement of the component and/or shaft as time (e.g., 2065 ) progresses. In the example shown, the velocity varies between V 5 to V 7 (e.g., 2077 ). The velocity may accelerate from V 5 to V 7 and drop back to V 5 at a time interval between t 0 to t 1 . The component and/or shaft may move in a forward direction in this time period. In a second time period between t 0 to t 1 , the component may move in a reverse direction from the previous forward motion. The variation in velocity, in the backward (e.g., reverse) direction may be same as the variation in velocity in the forward direction (e.g., a change of velocity from V 5 to V 7 and a drop back to V 5 during the second portion of time between t 0 to t 1 ). In the example of FIG. 20 E , the acceleration of the component in the forward direction and the acceleration of the component in the reverse direction is the same between each time frame. At times, the acceleration rate and/or frequency may be uniform (e.g., constant) throughout the (e.g., vibration and/or overall forward) motion of the component and/or shaft. At times, the acceleration rate and/or frequency may be non-uniform (e.g., rate of change of velocity and/or the magnitude of velocity may be higher in the forward direction motion than the rate of change of velocity and/or the magnitude of velocity in the backward direction motion). The motion may be across the material bed and/or platform (e.g., from one side to the other).

At times, at least one component of the layer dispenser (e.g., the component may be a material dispenser) comprises features that allow for the dispensing of (e.g., a pre-transformed) material without the use of a moving mechanism (e.g., hinge, flap, gate, lid, shutter, or joint) contacting the material. For example, a particulate material (e.g., particles of a powdered material) may become lodged in the moving mechanisms such that the dispensing mechanism (or portions thereof) may require replacement and/or maintenance (e.g., cleaning). In some embodiments, the at least one component of the layer dispenser (e.g., the material dispenser) may not include (e.g., be devoid of) the moving mechanism. Absence of the moving mechanism may improve a functional reliability of the component and/or reduce the amount of maintenance and/or replacement of the component. FIGS. 25 A- 25 C illustrate an example of a layer dispenser 2502 in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 25 A and 25 B illustrate movement stages of the layer dispenser, and FIG. 25 C illustrates an inset view 2501 showing a close-up of a portion of the layer dispenser 2502 . The layer dispenser can include a bottom portion (e.g., 2506 ) that can (e.g., temporarily) retain at least a portion of the material (e.g., 2503 ) within the layer dispenser. The material (e.g., pre-transformed material) can temporarily accumulate at the bottom portion, supported by the walls of the bottom portion and the force of gravity. The layer dispenser may have at least one slanted (e.g., side) wall (e.g., 2505 , or 2508 ), e.g., that converge towards the bottom portion, thus forming a converging reservoir for the material to be dispensed (e.g., the pre-transformed material). In some cases, the layer dispenser has a funnel shape (e.g., comprising side wall 2505 ) that converges at the bottom portion. The bottom portion can include a lip (e.g., 2504 ) (also referred to as a ledge) that extends from the bottom portion. The lip can correspond to a projecting edge that ends at an exit opening (e.g., 2507 ) where the material can exit the layer dispenser. The lip may extend beyond a horizontal cross section of the converging reservoir bottom. The extend of extension may consider (e.g., correlate to) an angle of repose of the material to be dispensed. The exit opening can be at least partially defined by the lip (e.g., 2519 ) and a back edge (e.g., 2517 ) of the bottom portion. The exit opening can be positioned in a back portion (e.g., 2508 ) of the layer dispenser. The lip and back edge can facilitate temporary retention of the material within the bottom portion, e.g., in accordance with an angle of repose (e.g., α r ) of the material. In some cases, the material can be retained within the bottom portion when the layer dispenser (e.g., in a stationary state, a temporary stationary state, or a moving state) when conditions of the following equation 1 are met:

tan ⁢ α r = L ⁢ 2 L ⁢ 1 ;

where L 1 is a lateral (e.g., horizontal) length from the back edge to the end of the lip; L 2 is a height (e.g., longitudinal length) of the lip as measured from the back edge; and α r is the angle of repose of the material. The angle of repose α r can vary depending on factors such as the type of material (e.g., composition of the material) and the particles size of the material. In some embodiments, L2/L1 ranges from about 0.2 and about 1, from about 0.2 to about 0.5, from about 0.5 to about 1, from about 0.5 to about 0.8, from about 0.3 to about 0.6, or from about 0.8 to about 1.

In some embodiments, the lip includes a retaining member (e.g., 2519 ). The retaining member may be an obstruction to the material fall. In some embodiments, the retaining member extends (e.g., upward) from an end of the lip at angle. The retaining member can facilitate retention of the material within the bottom portion. Motion in a first direction (e.g., 2509 ) and/or a second direction (e.g., 2511 ) of the layer dispenser can cause the material within the layer dispenser (e.g., temporarily retained within bottom portion 2506 ) to exit the exit opening and drop (e.g., 2510 ) onto the platform (e.g., 2511 ) and/or a previously dispensed material (e.g., 2512 ) to form a layer of material (e.g., 2513 ). The first and second directions can be referred to as reverse and forward directions, respectively. In some instances, the layer dispenser is operationally coupled with one or more actuators (e.g., that is/are operationally coupled with one or more controllers) that provides the (e.g., forward and/or backward) motion. In some cases, the motion includes a stuttering motion. For instance, the stuttering motion can include: multiple stops, a change in velocity, a change in acceleration, or a change in trajectory. The change and/or stops may be repetitive (e.g., repeat at least once during the motion). For example, the layer dispenser can move (e.g., 2514 ) from a first position (e.g., 2515 ) to a second position (e.g., 2516 ), which may define a repetition cycle. For example, the position may be a stopped position. In some embodiments, the respective cycle involves the layer dispenser respectively moving in opposing direction (e.g., 2518 ) (e.g., with corresponding first and second positions (e.g., stopped positions)). In some cases, the stuttering motion includes a vibrating motion. In some embodiments, the vibrating motion includes vibrations at a frequency, e.g., an ultrasonic frequency. The repetitive (e.g., stuttering) motion (e.g., stopping and starting motion) can occur stepwise in the overall forward motion of the layer dispenser. The repetitive motion can occur over any suitable time period(s) and have any suitable repetition frequency. The repetition frequency may facilitate a fallout of the material from the material dispenser at a rate. The rate may facilitate a (e.g., substantially) planar deposition of the material. The rate may facilitate a (e.g., substantially) homogenous deposition of the material, e.g., across the deposition area. The deposition area may be at least a portion of a platform or an exposed surface of a material bed. In some cases, the repetitive (e.g., stuttering) motion is accomplished by altering the forward motion (e.g., 2509 ) of the one or more actuators used to move the layer dispenser. For example, the one or more actuators that control the forward motion can be tuned to articulate a rough motion of the at least one component of the layer dispenser (e.g., the material dispenser) such that a repetitive (e.g., and stuttering) motion is associated with an overall forward motion.

FIGS. 30 A- 30 C show examples of schematic graphs illustrating example motion for at least one component of a layer dispenser, in accordance with some embodiments. The at least one component of the layer dispenser can move in a direction (e.g., forward). The direction may be in accordance with an exposed surface of the material bed and/or platform. The graph of FIG. 30 A illustrates a position of the at least one component of the layer dispenser as a function of time. The movement of the at least one component of the layer dispenser across the surface of the material bed (e.g., forward motion) may include a modulated motion. The modulated motion can include vibrating, stuttering, oscillating, jittering, fluctuating, pulsating, and/or fluttering motion. The modulated motion can facilitate dispensing of a (e.g., pre-transformed) material from the material dispenser. For example, the modulated motion can agitate the material within the cavity (e.g., reservoir) of the material dispenser such that at least a portion of the material exits the exit opening (e.g., at a bottom portion) of the material dispenser. The modulated motion can be caused by adjusting a forward (and/or backward) motion of the layer dispenser. For example, the one or more actuators that facilitate (e.g., cause) the forward and/or backward movement can be tuned (e.g., roughened) to emphasize the modulated motion. In some cases, one or more actuators dedicated to facilitating (e.g., providing) the modulated motion is/are used. For example, the actuators may comprise vibrators. FIG. 30 A indicates a position of the layer dispenser can include an average motion 3002 in (e.g., substantially) one direction (e.g., forward or backward), and a modulated motion 3004 . The modulated motion can be periodic (e.g., repetitive, oscillatory (e.g., harmonic)). The modulated motion may average out to the average motion. The periodic motion can be regular or irregular. The modulated motion can cause the material to dispense the material periodically or constantly, e.g., along at least a portion of its movement trajectory. In some embodiments, the modulated motion is associated with forward and/or backward motion (e.g., 3003 ) of the at least one component of the layer dispenser (e.g., the material dispenser). In some cases, the directional (e.g., forward or backward) motion and/or the modulated motion continues until the material dispenser reaches the end of the movement path (e.g., at an edge of the material bed). The movement path may be a trajectory.

FIG. 30 B indicates a velocity of a at least one component of the layer dispenser (e.g., material dispenser) as a function of time, in accordance with some embodiments. An average velocity (e.g., 3007 ) of the at least one component of the layer dispenser can be (e.g., substantially) constant. The modulated motion may cause smaller velocity changes (e.g., 3008 ). In some embodiments, an average velocity of the at least one component of the layer dispenser is (e.g., substantially) constant (e.g., 3007 ). In some embodiments, an average velocity of the at least one component of the layer dispenser is non-constant (e.g., accelerates and/or decelerates). In some embodiments, a modulated velocity of the at least one component of the layer dispenser is non-constant (e.g., comprises acceleration and/or deceleration, e.g., 3008 ). In some embodiments, the modulated motion is in accordance with a wave motion (e.g., curve (e.g., sine wave) (e.g., 3008 ), square wave (e.g., 3010 ), triangle wave (e.g., 3012 ), sawtooth wave (e.g., 3014 )). In some embodiments, a velocity amplitude (e.g., 3116 ) of the modulated motion is at most a pre-determined percentage of an average velocity (e.g., 3118 ), e.g., achieving a consistent dispense rate (e.g., along the movement trajectory). The pre-determined percentage can depend on factors such as material properties of the material being dispensed (e.g., comprising particle size, particle shape, coefficient of friction, or mass). In some embodiments, the modulated motion has a pre-determined amplitude that is at most about 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 8%, 5%, 3%, 2%, or 1% of the average velocity. The pre-determined amplitude can be between any of the afore-mentioned values. For example, the pre-determined amplitude can range from about 1% to about 40%, about 1% to about 10%, or from about 10% to about 40% of the average velocity. In some embodiments, the at least one component of the layer dispenser is a material dispenser, a leveler, or a material remover. The vibrating material dispenser may dispense material with a uniformity of at most about 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, or 25%. The uniformity percentage may be calculated by dividing a deviation of a volume of pre-transformed material per unit area that is being dispensed, over an average volume per unit area that is dispensed. The vibrating material dispenser may dispense material with a uniformity between any of the afore-mentioned percentages (e.g., from about 5% to about 25%, from about 5% to about 15%, or from about 10% to about 25%). The uniformity may be calculated per dispensing cycle. The dispensing cycle may comprise a deposition of a layer of pre-transformed material (e.g., to form a material bed). The frequency of vibration may be at least about 10 Hertz (Hz), 20 Hz, 25 Hz, 30 Hz, 35 Hz, 40 Hz, 45 Hz, 50 Hz, 55 Hz, 60 Hz, 65 Hz, 70 Hz, 75 Hz, 80 Hz, 85 Hz, 90 Hz, 95 Hz, 100 Hz, 105 Hz, 110 Hz, 115 Hz, 120 Hz, 125 Hz, 130 Hz, 135 Hz, 140 Hz, 145 Hz, 150 Hz, 10 KHz, or 20 KHz. The frequency of vibration may be a range of frequency between any of the afore-mentioned frequency values (e.g., from about 20 Hz to about 20 KHz, or from about 10 Hz to about 40 Hz, from about 40 Hz to about 100 Hz, or from about 100 Hz to about 20K Hz). The vibration may be at an ultrasonic frequency. The standard deviation of the thickness of a planar and/or dispensed layer, along the trajectory of the at least one component of the layer dispensing mechanism may be at most about 400 micrometers (μm), 300 μm, 250 μm, 150 μm, 100 μm, 75 μm, 50 μm, 30 μm, 25 μm, 20 μm, or 10 μm. The standard deviation of the thickness (e.g. height) of a planar and/or dispensed layer, along the trajectory of the at least one component of the layer dispensing mechanism may be of any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 400 μm to about 10 μm, from about 250 μm to about 50 μm, from about 300 μm to about 25 μm, or from about 100 μm to about 10 μm). The planar layer may be one that has been planarized with a vibrating leveler and/or material remover. The dispensed layer may be one that has been formed using a material dispenser. The planar layer may be one that has been formed by the material dispenser. Vibrating the at least one component facilitates a planar exposed surface that deviates from average planarity by at most about 400 micrometers (μm), 300 μm, 250 μm, 150 μm, 100 μm, 75 μm, 50 μm, 30 μm, 25 μm, 20 μm, or 10 μm. Vibrating the at least one component facilitates a planar exposed surface that deviates from average planarity by any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 400 μm to about 10 μm, from about 250 μm to about 50 μm, from about 300 μm to about 25 μm, or from about 100 μm to about 10 μm).

FIG. 30 C indicates an acceleration of a material dispenser as a function of time, in accordance with some embodiments. An average acceleration (e.g., 3120 ) of the material dispenser can be (e.g., substantially) zero, with the modulated motion causing (e.g., small) acceleration changes (e.g., 3122 ). In some cases, a (e.g., substantially) zero average acceleration can be associated with a consistent dispense rate, e.g., along the movement trajectory. In some embodiments, an average acceleration of the material dispenser is non-zero (e.g., positive and/or negative).

In some embodiments, a portion of the material leveling mechanism (e.g., a blade portion) collects the excess pre-transformed material, as it levels the dispensed material. FIGS. 23 A- 23 D show examples of planarizing an exposed surface of a material bed. FIG. 23 A shows a leveling mechanism (e.g., leveler, 2311 ) comprising a blade 2313 that translate in a direction 2315 , and shears the material bed having an exposed surface 2316 , to form a planar exposed surface 2312 . In the example shown in FIG. 23 A , pre-transformed material from the material bed accumulates 2317 on the blade 2313 as it translates 2315 . In some embodiments, as the leveling mechanism reaches the end of the material bed, the leveling mechanism stops abruptly or reverses its direction of movement abruptly, resulting in a continued motion (e.g., inertial movement) of the accumulated excess material forward. In some embodiments, as the leveling mechanism reaches the end of the material bed, the leveling mechanism accelerates and stops abruptly or reverses its direction of movement abruptly, resulting in a continued motion (e.g., inertial movement) of the accumulated excess material forward. The forward moving excess pre-transformed material may be accumulated and/or sucked into a container (e.g., of the recycling system). FIG. 23 B shows an example where the blade 2322 of the leveling mechanism that accumulates material and moves and/or accelerates in a direction (e.g., forward) 2325 , which movement moves the accumulated material 2328 toward a collection system (e.g., collector) 2329 to form a planar exposed surface 2321 . FIG. 23 C shows an example where the blade of the leveling mechanism 2333 reverses its direction to 2335 (e.g., abruptly) to move away from the collection system, resulting in a (e.g., continuous) movement of the excess accumulate pre-transformed material 2338 in a direction 2332 via its momentum (in accordance with the direction 2325 of the leveling mechanism in FIG. 23 B ), and toward the collection system 2339 (e.g., collector, or collection reservoir). The pre-transformed material can deposit into the collection system. At the end of a translation cycle (e.g., of the material leveling mechanism), the excess pre-transformed material (e.g., within the collection system) may be transferred and/or collected into an overflow mechanism and/or a recycling mechanism. FIG. 23 C show an example of excess pre-transformed material 2338 on its way to a collection system 2339 . The overflow mechanism may be a container that collects excess pre-transformed material. The pre-transformed material from the overflow mechanism may be transferred to a recycling mechanism and/or a material dispensing mechanism. At times, the processing chamber and/or enclosure may have an opening to facilitate the transfer of the excess pre-transformed material. The opening may be adjacent to the material bed (e.g., at a boundary of the material bed). At times, the vibration mechanism may facilitate the transfer of the excess pre-transformed material. The vibration mechanism may be controlled (e.g., automatically, and/or manually) to perform a dithering movement (e.g., a back-and-forth movement) at a high acceleration rate. At times, a single dithering movement may be performed (e.g., at the end of the planarization cycle of the leveling mechanism). At times, a plurality of dithering movements may be performed (e.g., while using the leveling mechanism to planarize the material bed and/or while dispensing the pre-transformed material). At times, the plurality of dithering movements may be performed at the same location (e.g., at the edge of a material bed). At times, the dithering movement may be performed at the end of and/or during a material leveling cycle. At times, the dithering movement may be performed at the end of and/or during a material deposition cycle. In some embodiments, the material leveling mechanism is configured to reduce disruption of the leveled (e.g., (e.g., substantially) planar) exposed surface of material bed. For example, at least a tip of the blade (e.g., the blade) can be angled (e.g., slanted) with respect to the exposed surface of the material bed. FIG. 23 D show an example material leveling mechanism 2341 having a blade 2340 that has a first (e.g., top) edge 2342 and second (e.g., bottom) edge 2343 . The first and second edges can be part of a tip of the blade. The first (e.g., top) edge can guide the pre-transformed material 2346 of the material bed 2344 onto the top surface of the blade when moving in a direction 2349 , e.g., toward a collection system. If the material leveling mechanism is configured to move a reverse direction 2345 , the second (e.g., bottom) edge 2343 can be at an angle 2347 with respect to the leveled ((e.g., substantially) planar) exposed surface 2350 of the material bed. For example, at least the tip of the blade (comprising the second surface 2343 ) can be tilted with respect to the leveled exposed surface of the material bed. The at least the tip of the blade may comprise the blade. The angle 2347 may be an acute angle. The angle 2347 can be any suitable acute angle. In some embodiments, the angle is at most about 90 degrees (°), 85°, 70°, 60°, 50°, 40°, 30°, 25°, 20°, 15°, 10°, 5°, 3°, 2°, 1°, or zero °. About zero ° corresponds to the second edge being (e.g., substantially) parallel to the leveled surface. In some embodiments, the angle is greater than zero ° (non-parallel to the leveled surface). The angle can be between any of the afore-mentioned degrees (e.g., from about 1° to about 90°, from about 30° to about 90°, or from about 1° to about 30°).

At times, the vibration mechanism is controlled. The vibration motion may be performed continuously (e.g., during the deposition of a planar layer of pre-transformed material, or a portion thereof). The vibration motion may be performed during (e.g., as part of) printing of the 3D object. The vibrating movement of the shaft may be controlled statically (e.g., before, after, deposition of a planar layer of material). The vibrating movement of the shaft may be controlled dynamically (e.g., during deposition of at least a portion of a planar layer of material).

In some embodiments, the actuator is coupled to at least one controller (herein collectively “controller”). The controller may be coupled to a sensor (e.g., positional, optical, weight). The controller may control the starting of the actuator. The controller may control the stopping of the actuator. The controller may detect a position of the layer dispensing mechanism. The controller may dynamically (e.g., in real-time during the 3D printing) control the actuator to adjust the position of the layer dispensing mechanism. The controller may control the amount of movable distance of the shaft (e.g., by controlling the actuator). The controller may detect the need to perform dispensing and/or planarization of a pre-transformed material. The controller may activate the actuator to move the shaft and the coupled layer dispensing mechanism to a position adjacent to the platform. The controller may detect the completion of dispensing a layer adjacent to the platform (e.g., comprising a base FIG. 1 , 102 and a substrate FIG. 1 , 109 ). The controller may activate the actuator to move the shaft to retract the layer dispensing mechanism into the ancillary chamber.

In some embodiments, the material dispensing mechanism is operatively coupled to one or more shafts. FIG. 15 shows an example of two shafts (e.g., 1535 , 1545 ) coupled to the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., 1550 ). Each shaft may be coupled to an actuator. In some examples, at least two of the shafts have a common actuator. In some examples, at least two of the shafts each have their own (different) actuator. The actuator may reside on a stage. The shaft may be hollow (e.g., comprise one or more cavities). The shaft may facilitate suction of debris and/or pre-transformed material from the layer dispensing mechanism. The layer dispensing mechanism may include a material dispensing mechanism 1516 , a levelling mechanism 1517 and a material removal mechanism 1518 . FIG. 14 A shows an example of a vertical cross section of a shaft (e.g., 1430 ). The shaft may comprise one or more channels (e.g., FIG. 14 B, 1435 , 1440 , 1445 ). FIG. 14 B shows an example of a side view of the shaft. The channel may include a valve. The valve may be located outside or inside the shaft. FIG. 14 B shows an example of a valve 1425 located in the shaft 1450 . The valve may control (e.g., regulate and/or direct) the flow of content included within the channel. The valve may be a pneumatic, manual, solenoid, motor, hydraulic, a two-port, a three-port, or a four-port valve. The content of the channel may comprise debris, pre-transformed material, or gas. FIG. 14 A shows an example of a vertical cross section of a shaft 1400 comprising three channels 1410 (that transport a material, such as gas, inwards), 1415 (that transport a material, such as gas, outwards), and 1420 (that transport pre-transformed material).

In some embodiments, a shaft comprises at least one transit system (e.g., a channel within the shaft). A portion of the channel (e.g., FIG. 15 , 1533 , 1534 , or 1544 ) may reside within the shaft. A portion of the channel (e.g., 1536 , 1538 , or 1548 ) may be external to the shaft. The channel may transport pre-transformed material (e.g., 1552 ) into the layer dispensing mechanism (layer forming device). The channel may transport (e.g., compressed) gas (e.g., 1554 ) into the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., layer dispenser) and/or material removal mechanism (e.g., material remover). The channel may assist in removing pre-transformed material (e.g., 1556 ) from the layer dispensing mechanism and/or material removal mechanism. Positive and/or negative pressure may be used to facilitate transport in the channel. The channel (e.g., an external end thereof) may be (e.g., fluidly) connected to recycling system (e.g., 1520 ), a reconditioning system, a bulk reservoir of pre-transformed material (e.g., 1515 ), a pressure pump (e.g., 1510 ), (e.g., a vacuum or gas pump). The channel that transports pre-transformed material may be (e.g., fluidly) connected to the material dispensing mechanism (e.g., 1516 ) of the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., 1550 ). The channel that transports gas or air may be connected to the material levelling mechanism (e.g., leveler) (e.g., 1517 ) or the material removal mechanism (e.g., 1518 ) of the layer dispensing mechanism. The channel that transports negative pressure (e.g., gas or air) may be connected to the material removal mechanism (e.g., 1518 ) of the layer dispensing mechanism. Fluid connection as understood herein is a connection that allows material to be flowingly transferred. The material that is transferred can comprise solid, liquid or gas.

In some embodiments, the 3D printer comprises an ancillary chamber. FIG. 12 shows an example of an ancillary chamber 1240 coupled to the processing chamber 1226 . In some embodiments, the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., 1234 ) is parked within the ancillary chamber, when the layer dispensing mechanism does not perform dispensing adjacent to a platform, which platform comprises a substrate 1261 and a base 1260 . The layer dispensing mechanism may be conveyed to the processing chamber (e.g., FIG. 12 , 1226 ). When conveyed, the layer dispensing mechanism may move from a first position (e.g., a position within the ancillary chamber (e.g., FIG. 11 , 1140 ) to a position adjacent to the build module (e.g., 1184 )). When conveyed, the one or more shafts may move from a first position (e.g., a position within the ancillary chamber (e.g., 1172 )) to a position adjacent to the processing chamber (e.g., 1175 ). When conveyed, the actuator (e.g., 1152 ) may move from a first position (e.g., a position within the ancillary chamber 1105 ) to a position adjacent to the build module (e.g., 1154 ). When conveyed, the layer dispensing mechanism may dispense a layer of pre-transformed material adjacent to the platform (e.g., FIG. 12 , 1204 ). The layer dispensing mechanism may park within the ancillary chamber. For example, the layer dispensing mechanism may part in the ancillary chamber when the layer dispensing mechanism is not performing a dispersion of a layer of pre-transformed material. For example, the layer dispensing mechanism may part in the ancillary chamber when the material dispenser does not dispense pre-transformed material. For example, the layer dispensing mechanism may part in the ancillary chamber when the leveling mechanism does not level (e.g., planarize) the material bed. For example, the layer dispensing mechanism may part in the ancillary chamber when the material removal mechanism does planarize the material bed. For example, the layer dispensing mechanism may part in the ancillary chamber when the material bed is exposed to an energy beam (e.g., FIG. 12 , 1201 ).

In some embodiments, the ancillary chamber (e.g., also referred to herein as “ancillary enclosure,” e.g., 1254 ) is dimensioned to accommodate the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., FIG. 12 , 1240 , FIG. 13 , 1305 ). The layer forming device (layer dispenser) can include a material dispenser (e.g., 1322 ), leveler (e.g., 1316 ) and a material remover (e.g., 1317 ). The ancillary chamber may be dimensioned to enclose the layer dispensing mechanism (layer forming device), one or more bearings, one or more bellow portions, at least a portion of the one or more shafts (e.g., FIG. 11 , 1110 , or FIG. 12 , 1236 ), or any combination thereof. In some cases, one section (e.g., first section) of the ancillary chamber is configured to house the layer forming device (e.g., when the layer forming device is in a parked mode) and another section (e.g., second section) of the ancillary chamber is configured to house the one or more actuators. FIG. 11 shows an example of an ancillary chamber 1172 having section 1192 enclosing a layer forming device (e.g., in a parked mode) and another section 1193 enclosing one or more actuators (e.g., 1152 ). The one or more actuators can control movement (e.g., translation and/or vibration) of the layer forming device. The first and second sections can be separated by a partition (e.g., 1194 ) (also referred to as a wall, barrier, or separator) that can include one or more partition holes for the one or more shafts (e.g., 1110 ) to pass therethrough. In some embodiments, the first section is configured to have a different atmosphere (e.g., pressure, temperature, and/or chemical (e.g., gas, particles, plasma) composition) than the second section. In some embodiments, the first section is configured to have the same atmosphere (e.g., pressure, temperature, and/or gas composition) than the second section. In some embodiments, one or more seals (e.g., including bellows, bearings, gas flow mechanism, diaphragm, cloth, or mesh) are situated in or adjacent to the one or more partition holes. The one or more seals can separate atmospheres within the first and second sections. For example, the one or more seals can prevent particles (e.g., powder (e.g., pre-transformed material powder) and/or debris) from transiting between the first or second section. This may be beneficial, for example, in order to reduce an amount (e.g., prevent) particles from reaching components and/or devices housed within the first or second sections. In some embodiments, the partition and one or more seals are used to reduce an amount (e.g., prevent) particles from reaching the one or more actuators (e.g., 1152 ) in the second section. In some embodiments, the second section is open to an ambient atmosphere. In some embodiments, the first section is separated from the ambient atmosphere.

The layer dispensing mechanism may comprise at least one of a material dispensing mechanism (e.g., FIG. 1 , 116 ), leveling mechanism (e.g., FIG. 1 , 117 ), and a material removal mechanism (e.g., FIG. 1 , 118 ). FIG. 11 schematically shows an example of a layer dispensing mechanism 1140 . The ancillary chamber may be separated from the processing chamber through a closable opening that comprises a closure (e.g., a shield, door, or window). The opening (e.g., the partition between the ancillary chamber and the processing chamber) may comprise a closure (e.g., FIG. 11 , 1160 , or FIG. 12 , 1256 ). The closure may relocate to allow the layer dispensing mechanism (also referred to herein as “layer dispenser,” or “layer forming device”) to travel from the ancillary chamber to a position adjacent to (e.g., above) the material bed. The closure may be coupled with (e.g., connect to) the layer forming device. The closure may be coupled with (e.g., connect to) at least one shaft that is coupled with (e.g., connect to) the layer forming device. The closure may close to separate the processing chamber from the ancillary chamber within the same atmosphere (e.g., the processing chamber and ancillary chamber remain within the same atmosphere). The closure may close to isolate an atmosphere of the processing chamber from an atmosphere of the ancillary chamber. The closure may permit gaseous exchange between the processing chamber and the ancillary chamber. The closure may close to isolate the 3D printing taking place in the processing chamber from components housed in the ancillary chamber (e.g., the layer dispenser). The closure may or may not closed the opening when the layer forming device is forming (e.g., dispensing, leveling, removing material from) a layer (e.g., is operative in the processing chamber). The closure may or may not close the opening when the energy beam is operative in the processing chamber. The closure may or may not close the opening when the pre-transformed material is being transformed to the transformed material. The closure may or may not close the opening when the layer forming device is positioned within the ancillary chamber (e.g., when in the parked mode). The closure may open, e.g., to allow the atmosphere of the ancillary chamber and the processing chamber to merge. The closure may open, e.g., to allow debris from the processing chamber to enter the ancillary chamber. The closure may be (e.g., operatively) coupled to the layer dispensing mechanism. Operatively coupled may comprise physically coupled. The closure may be coupled via a mechanical connector, a controlled sensor, a magnetic connector, an electro-magnetic connector, or an electrical connector. The layer dispensing mechanism may cause the closure to open when conveyed adjacent to the material bed (e.g., by pushing the closure). The closure may slide, tilt, flap, roll, or be pushed to allow the layer dispensing mechanism to travel to and from the ancillary chamber. The closure may relocate to a position adjacent to the opening. Adjacent may be below, above, to the side, or distant from the opening. Distant from the opening may comprise in a position more distant from the ancillary chamber. The closure may at least partially (e.g., fully) open the opening (e.g., before, after, and/or during the 3D printing).

In some examples, the 3D printer comprises a layer dispensing mechanism. FIG. 12 shows an example of a layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., FIG. 12 , 1234 ) that can travel from a position in the ancillary chamber (e.g., FIG. 12 , 1240 ) to a position adjacent to the material bed (e.g., FIG. 12 , 1232 ). The separator (e.g., closure) may change its position to allow the movement of the layer dispensing mechanism to and/or from the ancillary chamber. The change of position may be by sliding, flapping, pushing, magnetic opening or rolling. For example, the separator may be a sliding, flapping, or rolling door. The separator may be operatively coupled to an actuator. The actuator may cause the separator to alter its position (e.g., as described herein). The actuator may cause the separator to slide, flap, or roll (e.g., in a direction). The direction may be up/down or sideways with respect to a prior position of the separator. The actuator may be controlled (e.g., by a controller and/or manually). Altering the position may be laterally, horizontally, or at an angle with respect to an exposed surface of the material bed and/or build platform. For example, the actuator may be controlled via at least one sensor (e.g., as disclosed herein). The sensor may comprise a position or motion sensor. The sensor may comprise an optical sensor. For example, the separator may be coupled to the layer dispensing mechanism. Coupling may be using mechanical, electrical, electro-magnetic, electrical, or magnetic connectors. The separator may slide, open or roll when pushed by the layer dispensing mechanism. The separator may slide, close or roll in place when the layer dispensing mechanism retracts into the ancillary chamber.

At times, the layer dispensing mechanism causes (e.g., directly, or indirectly) the closure to open and/or close the opening. Indirectly can be via at least one controller (e.g., comprising a sensor and/or actuator). Directly may comprise directly attached to the layer dispensing mechanism. FIG. 11 shows an example of an opening 1191 comprising a flapping closure 1160 that opens up (according to arrow 1199 ) to allow the layer dispensing mechanism (layer forming device) 1184 to exit an ancillary enclosure 1105 and enter the processing chamber 1104 ; and/or allow the layer dispensing mechanism 1184 to enter the ancillary enclosure 1105 and exit the processing chamber 1104 . The opening can be within a partition (also referred to as a wall, divider, separator, or barrier) between the ancillary enclosure and the processing chamber. The flapping closure may close according to an arrow 1199 having a reversed direction, and thus separate the ancillary enclosure (e.g., chamber) 1105 from the processing chamber 1104 . FIG. 12 shows an example of an opening bordered by stoppers 1267 , which opening is closed by a shield type closure 1156 that is connected to the layer dispensing mechanism 1234 . In the example of FIG. 12 , the layer dispensing opening causes the shield type closure to open the opening as the layer dispensing mechanism travels away from the ancillary chamber 1240 toward a position adjacent to the platform (e.g., comprising the base 1260 ). In the example of FIG. 12 , the layer dispensing opening causes the shield type closure to close the opening as the layer dispensing mechanism travels into the ancillary chamber 1240 (e.g., to park).

At times, a physical property (e.g., comprising velocity, speed, direction of movement, or acceleration) of one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism is controlled. Controlling may include using at least one controller. Controlling may include modulation of the physical property (e.g., within a predetermined time frame). Controlling may include modulation of the physical property within a translation cycle of the layer dispensing mechanism. At times, one or more components (e.g., the material dispensing mechanism, the material leveling mechanism, and/or the material removal mechanism) of the layer dispensing mechanism may be controlled to operate at a (e.g., substantially) constant velocity (e.g., throughout the translation cycle, throughout a material dispensing cycle, throughout a material leveling cycle and/or throughout a material removal cycle). At times, one or more components may be controlled to operate at a variable velocity. At times, one or more components may be controlled to operate at variable velocity within a portion of time of the translation cycle. At times, the velocity of one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism, within a first time portion of the translation cycle and a second time portion of the translation cycle may be same. At times, the velocity of one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism, within a first time portion of the translation cycle and a second time portion of the translation cycle may be different. At times, within the translation cycle, the velocity of one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism at a first position may be different than the velocity of the one or more components at a second position. At times, within the translation cycle, the velocity of one or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism at a first position may be the same as the velocity of the one or more components at a second position. At times, a component of the layer dispensing mechanism may be individually controlled. At times, at least two or more components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be collectively controlled. At times, at least two components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be controlled by the same controller. At times, at least two components of the layer dispensing mechanism may be controlled by a different controller.

In some configurations, the 3D printer comprises a bulk reservoir (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1325 , FIG. 11 , 1190 ) (e.g., a tank, a pool, a tub, or a basin). The bulk reservoir may comprise pre-transformed material. The bulk reservoir may comprise a mechanism configured to deliver the pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to at least one component (e.g., material dispenser) of the layer dispensing mechanism (layer forming device). The bulk reservoir can be connected or disconnected from the layer dispensing mechanism (e.g., from the material dispenser). FIG. 13 shows an example of a bulk reservoir 1325 , which is disconnected from the layer dispensing mechanism 1340 . The disconnected pre-transformed material dispenser can be located above, below or to the side of the material bed. The disconnected pre-transformed material dispenser can be located above the material bed, for example above the material entrance opening to the material dispenser within the layer dispensing mechanism. Above may be in a position away from the gravitational center.

The bulk reservoir may be connected to the material dispensing mechanism (e.g., layer dispenser) (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1325 ) that can be a component of (or be coupled to) the layer dispensing mechanism. The bulk reservoir may be located above, below or to the side of the layer dispensing mechanism. The layer dispensing mechanism and/or the bulk reservoir have at least one opening port (e.g., for the pre-transformed material to move to and/or from). Pre-transformed material can be stored in the bulk reservoir. The bulk reservoir may hold at least an amount of material sufficient for one layer, or sufficient to build the entire 3D object. The bulk reservoir may hold at least about 200 grams (gr), 400 gr, 500 gr, 600 gr, 800 gr, 1 Kilogram (Kg), or 1.5 Kg of pre-transformed material. The bulk reservoir may hold at most 200 gr, 400 gr, 500 gr, 600 gr, 800 gr, 1 Kg, or 1.5 Kg of pre-transformed material. The bulk reservoir may hold an amount of material between any of the afore-mentioned amounts of bulk reservoir material (e.g., from about 200 gr to about 1.5 Kg, from about 200 gr to about 800 gr, or from about 700 gr to about 1.5 kg). Material from the bulk reservoir can travel to the layer dispensing mechanism via a force. The force can be natural (e.g., gravity), or artificial (e.g., using an actuator such as, for example, a pump). The force may comprise friction. Examples of bulk reservoir, its components, and associated methods, software, systems, devices, and apparatuses, can be found in PCT/US15/36802, which is entirely incorporated herein by reference.

In some embodiments, the pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir resides within the material dispensing mechanism (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1322 ). The pre-transformed material dispenser may hold at least an amount of powder material sufficient for at least one, two, three, four or five layers. The pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir (e.g., internal reservoir) may hold at least an amount of powder material sufficient for at most one, two, three, four or five layers. The pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir may hold an amount of material between any of the afore-mentioned amounts of material (e.g., sufficient to a number of layers from about one layer to about five layers). The pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir may hold at least about 20 grams (gr), 40 gr, 50 gr, 60 gr, 80 gr, 100 gr, 200 gr, 400 gr, 500 gr, or 600 gr of pre-transformed material. The pre-transformed material reservoir may hold at most about 20 gr, 40 gr, 50 gr, 60 gr, 80 gr, 100 gr, 200 gr, 400 gr, 500 gr, or 600 gr of pre-transformed material. The pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir may hold an amount of material between any of the afore-mentioned amounts of pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir material (e.g., from about 20 gr to about 600 gr, from about 20 gr to about 300 gr, or from about 200 gr to about 600 gr.). Pre-transformed material may be transferred from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser by any analogous method described herein for exiting of pre-transformed material from the material dispenser. At times, the exit opening ports (e.g., holes) in the bulk reservoir exit opening may have a larger FLS relative to those of the pre-transformed material dispenser exit opening port. For example, the bulk reservoir may comprise an exit opening comprising a mesh or a surface comprising at least one hole. The mesh (or a surface comprising at least one hole) may comprise a hole with a fundamental length scale of at least about 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm. 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm or 1 centimeter. The mesh (or a surface comprising at least one hole) may comprise a hole with a fundamental length scale of at most about 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm. 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm or 1 centimeter. The mesh (or a surface comprising at least one hole) may comprise a hole with a fundamental length scale of any value between the afore-mentioned values (e.g., from about 0.25 mm to about 1 cm, from about 0.25 mm to about 5 mm, or from about 5 mm to about 1 cm). The bulk reservoir may comprise a plane that may have at least one edge that is translatable into or out of the bulk reservoir. The bulk reservoir may comprise a plane that may pivot into or out of the bulk reservoir (e.g., a flap door). Such translation may create an opening, which may allow pre-transformed material in the reservoir to flow out of the reservoir (e.g., using gravity).

At times, a controller is operatively coupled to the bulk reservoir. The controller may control the time (e.g., time period, duration, and/or an indication/signal received from a sensor) for filling the bulk reservoir. The controller may control the amount of pre-transformed material released from the bulk reservoir by controlling, for example, the amount of time the conditions for allowing pre-transformed material to exit the bulk reservoir are in effect. In some examples, the pre-transformed material dispenser dispenses an excess amount of powder that is retained within the pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir, prior to the loading of pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir. In some examples, the pre-transformed material dispenser does not dispense of any excess amount of pre-transformed material that is retained within the pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir, prior to loading of pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir to the pre-transformed material dispenser reservoir. Pre-transformed material may be transferred from the bulk reservoir to the pre-transformed material dispenser using a scooping mechanism that scoops pre-transformed material from the bulk reservoir and transfers it to the pre-transformed material dispenser. The scooping mechanism may scoop a fixed or predetermined amount of material. The scooped amount may be adjustable. The scooping mechanism may pivot (e.g., rotate) in the direction perpendicular to the scooping direction. The bulk reservoir may be exchangeable, removable, non-removable, or non-exchangeable. The bulk reservoir may comprise exchangeable components. The layer dispensing mechanism and/or any of its components may be exchangeable, removable, non-removable, or non-exchangeable. The powder dispensing mechanism may comprise exchangeable components.

At times, the pre-transformed material in the bulk reservoir or in the material dispensing mechanism is preheated, cooled, is at an ambient temperature or maintained at a predetermined temperature. A leveling mechanism (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1316 , comprising a rake, roll, brush, spatula, or blade) can be synchronized with the material dispensing mechanism to deliver and planarize the pre-transformed material to form the material bed. The leveling mechanism can planarize (e.g., level), distribute and/or spread the pre-transformed material on the platform (as the pre-transformed material is dispensed by the material dispensing mechanism. The leveling mechanism may push an excess of pre-transformed material and/or other debris to the ancillary chamber. The pre-transformed material and/or other debris that resides in the ancillary chamber may be evacuated via a closable opening port 1380 . The evacuation may be active (e.g., using an actuator activating a pump, scooper, blade, squeegee, brush, or broom). The evacuation may be passive (e.g., using gravitational force). For example, the floor of the ancillary chamber may be tilted towards the opening. The tilted floor may allow any pre-transformed material and/or other debris to slide towards the opening with or without any additional energy (e.g., a suction device, or any other energy activated device).

At times, the bulk reservoir is stationary. The bulk reservoir may be located at least partially within the ancillary chamber. The bulk reservoir may be located at least partially outside of the ancillary chamber. The bulk reservoir may be located at a position adjacent to (e.g., above) the layer dispensing mechanism, when the layer dispensing mechanism resides (e.g., parks) within the ancillary chamber. The bulk reservoir may be located at least partially within the processing chamber. The bulk reservoir may be located at least partially outside of the processing chamber. The bulk reservoir may comprise a top surface and a bottom surface. Bottom may be in a direction towards the gravitational center and/or the platform. Tom may be in a direction opposite to the gravitational center and/or the platform. The top surface may have an entrance opening. The entrance opening may include a closure. The closure may be coupled to the top surface. The bulk reservoir may have a volume that is greater than the volume of the material dispensing mechanism within the layer dispensing mechanism. The bulk reservoir may be filled with pre-transformed material from the entrance opening. The bulk reservoir may be filled during, after or before 3D printing. At times, the bulk reservoir may be refilled during, after, or before a layer deposition cycle (e.g., after a plurality of translation cycles). At times, the entrance opening may be on a side surface of the reservoir. At times, the bulk reservoir may be operatively coupled to at least one sensor. The sensor may indicate the amount of material within the bulk reservoir. The sensor may be a positional sensor. The sensor may sense a position of the material dispenser (e.g., in the ancillary chamber). The sensor may sense an engagement of the material dispenser with the bulk reservoir. The bottom surface of the bulk reservoir may be coupled (e.g., operatively, and/or physically) to a channel. Coupled may comprise flowably connected. The bottom surface may be coupled to a plate (e.g., a flat surface). At times, the bottom surface may be coupled to more than one plates. The plate may facilitate a flow of (e.g., pre-transformed) material from the bulk reservoir to the material dispensing mechanism. The plate(s) may be translatable. The plate(s) may translate in a lateral direction (e.g., along the X-axis). The plate(s) may be located at a position between a bottom surface of the bulk reservoir and a top surface of the material dispensing mechanism. The plurality of plates may translate simultaneously. The movement of the plurality of plates may be synchronized. The plurality of plates may translate independently. The movement of the one or more plates may be controlled (e.g., manually and/or by a controller). At times, the plate may facilitate the closure of the bottom surface of the bulk reservoir. At times, the plate may facilitate the closure of the top surface of the material dispensing mechanism. At times, the plate may simultaneously facilitate the closure of the top surface of the material dispensing mechanism and the bottom surface of the bulk reservoir.

In some embodiments, the plate comprises a perforation. The perforation may be a lateral (e.g., horizontal) gap (also referred to as an opening) between two or more plates. The perforation may be an aperture within a single plate. The perforation may be formed by a gap between a plurality of (e.g., two) plates. The perforation may comprise a uniform or a non-uniform shape. For example, the perforation may have a geometric 3D shape (e.g., a box, e.g., a cube). The perforation may form a channel between the bulk reservoir and the material dispensing mechanism. The plate may be translated, such that the perforation may be aligned between at least a portion of the exit opening of the bulk reservoir and at least a portion of an entrance opening of the material dispensing mechanism. At times, the material dispensing mechanism may be translated to align with the perforated plate and/or the exit opening of the bulk reservoir. The channel may be cylindrical. The channel may be a tube. The channel may resemble an inversed funnel. At least one wall of the channel may be slanted. The channel may comprise divergent (e.g., non-parallel) surfaces. The channel may be aligned on one side at a first angle (e.g., FIG. 22 B, 2262 ) with the material dispenser and on a second side at a second angle (e.g., FIG. 22 B, 2264 ) with the material dispenser. The first angle may be different than the second angle. At times, the first angle may be the same as the second angle. The cross section of the channel entrance (e.g., the area between the exit opening of the bulk reservoir and the top surface of the aligned perforation) may be different (e.g., narrower) than the cross section of the channel exit (e.g., the area between the entrance opening of the material dispensing mechanism and the bottom surface of the aligned perforation). Without wishing to be bound to theory, the different cross-sections may lead to an increase in channel volume towards the channel exit as compared to the volume at the channel entrance. The different cross-sections of the channel entrance and channel opening may facilitate (e.g., easier) flow of the (e.g., pre-transformed) material (e.g., by reducing clogging and/or clumping of the (e.g., pre-transformed) material). At times, a wall of the channel may include a material (e.g., a polished material, e.g., as described herein) that may lower the friction and/or adhesion between the channel surface and the (e.g., pre-transformed) material. At times, a wall of the channel may include a coating (e.g., as described herein) that may lower the friction and/or adhesion between the channel surface and the (e.g., pre-transformed) material. The channel may facilitate directing the flow of (e.g., pre-transformed) material from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser (e.g., when the exit opening of the bulk reservoir, the plate perforation and the entrance opening of the material dispensing mechanism are at least partially aligned with each other). The volume of the channel may be smaller than the volume of the bulk reservoir and/or the volume of the material dispensing mechanism. The flow of material through the channel may form a mound of material within the material dispensing mechanism. At times, a void may be formed adjacent to (e.g., on a side of) the mound of material (e.g., according to the angle of repose, e.g., 2268 ). The cessation of flow of the (e.g., pre-transformed) material may be self-controlled as the mound of material reaches the top surface of the material dispensing mechanism. The amount of (e.g., pre-transformed) material flow may be self-limited by the channel. For example, the (e.g., pre-transformed) material may stop flowing to the material dispensing mechanism, when the mound of material reaches the top surface of the material dispensing mechanism, and the channel may be filled with the (e.g., pre-transformed) material (e.g., FIG. 22 B ). The perforated plate (e.g., or the plurality of plates comprising a gap) may be moved in a lateral direction to close the channel. The channel may be closed when a pre-determined amount of material is dispensed into the material dispensing mechanism. The channel may be closed when the channel is filled (e.g., entirely) with (e.g., pre-transformed) material and may not be able to hold additional material. At times, material may be trapped within the channel (e.g., when the perforated plate moves to form a closure of the channel). The closure of the channel may be caused by the engagement of the entrance opening of the channel with the closed bottom portion of the bulk reservoir. The perforated plate may be moved to align the channel with a portion of the material dispensing mechanism that is devoid of (e.g., pre-transformed material) (e.g., due to the angle of repose). The trapped material may be dispensed within this void. The volume of the channel may facilitate (e.g., complete) evacuation of the trapped (e.g., pre-transformed) material into the material dispenser volume. At times, the perforated plate (or plurality of plates comprising a lateral gap) may be moved at a slow speed. Slow may be a speed that allows dispensing of material into the void (e.g., without spillage outside of the material dispenser). At times, the perforated plate may be aligned with the void portion for a predetermined time-period. The trapped material within the channel may be dispensed into the void. For example, the trapped material may be dispensed within the void when the perforated plate (or plurality of plates comprising the lateral gap) moves, and/or when the perforated plate may be aligned with the void. At times, the amount of trapped material may be (e.g., substantially) equal to the volume of the void. FIGS. 22 A- 22 C illustrate examples of various positions of a perforated plate or a pair of plates that are separated by a (e.g., lateral) (e.g., horizontal) gap, shown as a vertical cross section. FIG. 22 A shows an example of two plate portions (e.g., 2220 , 2215 ) that form a perforation and/or a channel (e.g., 2225 ); or an example of two plates (e.g., 2220 , 2215 ) that are separated by a lateral gap that form the channel (e.g., 2225 ). The plate(s) may be translated in a lateral direction (e.g., 2240 ) to facilitate a closure of the bottom surface of the bulk reservoir (e.g., 2205 ). The plate(s) may facilitate a closure of the entrance opening of the material dispensing mechanism (e.g., 2235 ). The bulk reservoir may be filled with (e.g., pre-transformed) material (e.g., 2210 ) when the channel is misaligned with an exit opening of the bulk reservoir. FIG. 22 B shows an example of aligning the channel (e.g., 2250 ) with the exit opening of the bulk reservoir (e.g., 2242 ) and an entrance opening of the material dispensing mechanism (e.g., 2257 ). The one or more plates (e.g., 2247 , 2249 ) may be translated in a lateral direction (e.g., 2265 ) to form the alignment. Once at least partially aligned (e.g., to allow flow of the (e.g., pre-transformed) material from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser), the channel may be in the aligned position for a (e.g., predetermined) amount of time to allow the (e.g., pre-transformed) material to fill the channel to its congestion (e.g., 2250 ). At times, the channel may remain in the aligned position until no more (e.g., pre-transformed) material can flow out of the channel (e.g., due to its congestion). Once aligned, the (e.g., pre-transformed) material (e.g., 2245 ) from the bulk reservoir may flow into the material dispensing mechanism via the channel. The dispensed (e.g., pre-transformed) material may form a mound of material (e.g., 2260 ) within the material dispensing mechanism. Additionally, a void may be formed (e.g., due to the angle of repose (e.g., 2268 ) of the mound of material). FIG. 22 C shows an example of the plate(s) in an ancillary fill position. An ancillary fill position may be a position wherein the channel (e.g., 2278 ) may be aligned with the void (e.g., FIG. 22 B, 2269 ) within the material dispensing mechanism (e.g., 2285 ). The plate(s) (e.g., comprising 2272 and 2274 ) may be translated in a lateral direction (e.g., 2270 ) to align the channel with the void area. The movement of the plate(s) may facilitate closure of the bulk reservoir when reaching the ancillary position. The alignment may facilitate flow of (e.g., pre-transformed) material (e.g., trapped material, or excess material) from the channel into the void area of the material dispensing mechanism, to at least partially fill it up (e.g., 2280 ), and empty the channel (e.g., 2278 ).

In some embodiments, the plate(s) allow for channeling of (e.g., pre-transformed) material through a (e.g., side) opening of the material dispenser. FIGS. 32 A- 32 C illustrate examples of cross-section views of an example apparatuses (e.g., 3200 ) for channeling material, e.g., from a bulk reservoir (e.g., 3202 ) to a material dispenser (e.g., 3204 ), in accordance with some embodiments. The plate can be a single (e.g., perforated) plate or include multiple (e.g., at least two) plates. The plate(s) can include a first portion (or a first plate) (e.g., 3206 ) and a second portion (or a second plate) (e.g., 3208 ) that are separated by a (e.g., lateral) (e.g., horizontal) channel (e.g., 3210 ) (also referred to as an opening or gap). The first portion and the second portion can be two separate plates. The cross section of the gap may be adjustable before, during, and/or after channeling the material. In some embodiments, the plate is a non-perforated single plate that is configured to approach and/or recede from the material dispenser, e.g., to form and/or disrupt the channel. FIG. 32 A shows the plate(s) in a first position that facilitates closure of the bulk reservoir comprising material 3216 , where a channel between the bulk reservoir and the material dispenser is not being engaged with the bulk reservoir exit opening 3215 . In some cases, a support member (e.g., 2303 ) supports at least a portion of the first portion (first plate). The support member can be (e.g., directly) adjacent the material dispenser. In some cases, the bulk reservoir and/or material dispenser is (e.g., directly) adjacent one or more axillary member(s) (e.g., 3205 and/or 3207 ). In some embodiments, the plate(s) may be configured to translate in at least one (e.g., lateral) direction. For example, the plate(s) may be translatable in a first direction (e.g., 3212 ) and a second direction (e.g., 3214 ). The first direction can be opposite the second direction. In some embodiments, the plate(s) is configured to translate (e.g., substantially) only in one direction (e.g., 3212 or 3124 ). In some embodiments, at least one plate is operatively coupled to the material dispenser, e.g., in a way that facilitates co-translation of the plate(s) and material dispenser (e.g., with respect to the bulk reservoir and/or platform). For example, the plate may be (e.g., removably) fixed to the material dispenser. For example, the plate may be an integral part of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the material reservoir comprises a top portion that is different than a plate. In some embodiments, the plate(s) is operatively coupled to the bulk reservoir (e.g., the plate and bulk reservoir translate together with respect to the material dispenser. Movement of the plate(s) can at least partially align the plate opening, plate side, and/or plate edge (e.g., 3217 ), with (i) an exit opening of the bulk reservoir (e.g., 3215 ) and/or (ii) an entrance opening of the material dispenser. The (e.g., at least partial) alignment can form a channel that facilitates a flow of (e.g., pre-transformed) material (e.g., 3216 ) from the bulk reservoir to the material dispenser. FIG. 32 B shows an example of aligning the channel with the exit opening (e.g., 3218 ) of the bulk reservoir and an entrance opening (e.g., 3320 ) of the material dispenser. The entrance opening of the material dispenser can be located along a side of the material dispenser. The side of the material dispenser can correspond to one or more walls of the material dispenser that are non-parallel to the platform and/or plate (e.g., not the top or bottom of the material dispenser). The side of the material dispenser can be configured not to (i) face the platform, and/or the exposed surface of the material bed, and/or (ii) face away from the exposed surface of the material bed and/or from the platform. The side can be normal to an exposed surface of the material bed, e.g., during operation of the material dispenser. The side can be configured to be slanted with respect to an exposed surface of the material bed, e.g., during operation of the material dispenser. The shape of the channel, exit opening and entrance opening can be the same or different. In some embodiments, at least one of the channels, exit opening and entrance opening has an elongated (e.g., slot) shape. In some embodiments, the bulk reservoir has a wall(s) that is slanted and/or converge toward the exit opening (e.g., 3228 ) (e.g., funnel-shaped) of the bulk reservoir. The alignment can be achieved by translating the plate(s) with respect to the bulk reservoir and/or the material dispenser (e.g., in direction 3221 ). In some embodiments, the plate opening, plate edge, and/or side is at least partially aligned with the exit opening of the bulk reservoir and the entrance openings to the material dispenser (e.g., internal walls at least partially defining the channel, bulk reservoir and/or material dispenser are not fully aligned with one another). In some cases, at least a portion of the internal surface of a wall of the channel (e.g., walls of one or more of: the bulk reservoir, plate opening, plate side, plate edge, and material dispenser) is polished or coated with a polished material. In some cases, the internal surface of the channel wall has an Ra value below a pre-determined value. For example, the Ra value may be below about 50 micrometers (μm), 10 μm, 5 μm, or 1 μm. In some embodiments, at least one internal wall of each of the channel, bulk reservoir and/or material dispenser are parallel with respect to each other during alignment. In some embodiments, at least one internal wall of each of the plate opening, bulk reservoir and/or material dispenser is oriented at a non-parallel angle with respect to each other, a surface (e.g., 3225 ) of the plate(s) and/or platform. The at least partial alignment can form a channel that facilitates movement (e.g., by the force of gravity and/or an applied pressure (e.g., gas pressure)) from one side of the channel to its opposing side, e.g., from a cavity (e.g., 3232 ) of the bulk reservoir to a cavity (e.g., 3230 ) of the material dispenser. The cavity may be an internal compartment. The flow of material can be facilitated by movement (e.g., during engagement or disengagement) of the material dispenser, the bulk reservoir and/or the plate(s), e.g., as described herein with reference to FIGS. 22 A- 22 C . The channel can have a uniform (e.g., have a symmetric cross-section) shape or a non-uniform (e.g., have a non-symmetric cross-section) shape. The channel can have no rotational symmetry axis (e.g., that comprises its entry and exit). The channel can at least partially be defined by at least two diverging and/or parallel (e.g., internal) surfaces. The channel can at least partially be defined by at least two diverging and/or parallel (e.g., internal) sides of its vertical cross section. The channel can facilitate the flow of the material from a first end of the plate opening to a second opposite end of the plate opening.

In some embodiments, the internal compartment of the material dispenser comprises one or more baffles. The one or more baffles may facilitate flow (e.g., from an opening of the material dispenser) into the internal compartment of the material dispenser. The one or more baffles may facilitate creation of a void in the internal compartment, which void is devoid of the pre-transformed material, e.g., during the entry of the pre-transformed material into the internal compartment. The baffle (e.g., one or more baffles) may be slated. The baffle may be parallel to a channel directing the pre-transformed material into the internal compartment. The baffle may comprise a curvature. The baffle may be linear. The baffle may facilitate reduced friction flow of the pre-transformed material into the compartment. The baffle may preserve a void free of pre-transformed material in the compartment, e.g., during introduction of the pre-transformed material into the compartment. The baffle may be replaceable. The baffle may be an integral part of the material dispenser. FIG. 32 A shows an example of a material dispenser 3204 comprising a baffle 3218 disposed adjacent to a channel formed by an edge 3217 of a plate 3206 . FIG. 32 B shown an example of a material dispenser comprising a baffle 3222 disposed adjacent to a channel 3220 , and a pre-transformed material that enters from the cavity 3232 of the bulk reservoir through the channel 3223 and into 3226 the internal compartment of the material dispenser, which internal compartment comprises a void 3250 that is formed by the assistance of the baffle 3222 , and a void 3230 formed according to the angle of repose of the pre-transformed material. The pre-transformed material may enter the material dispenser until the channel (e.g., 3223 ) will clog, e.g., as long as sufficient pre-transformed material resides in the bulk reservoir. The system comprising the bulk reservoir, channel, and material dispenser may be a self-limiting material conveyance system. Once the channel gets clogged by the pre-transformed material (e.g., sensed by a sensor coupled to the channel, material dispenser and/or bulk reservoir), the material dispenser, channel, and/or bulk reservoir may translate (e.g., 3243 ) to facilitate aligning the channel with the void (e.g., 3250 ), e.g., formed using the baffle(s). FIG. 32 C shows an example of a channel 3241 that has been emptied into area 3242 in the internal compartment of the bulk reservoir. The baffle(s) may facilitate reducing spillage of pre-transformed material during and/or after filling upon the internal compartment of the material dispenser. The baffle(s) may facilitate continuous flow of the pre-transformed material into the internal compartment of the material dispenser. The internal surface(s) of the channel may be polished and/or having low Ra value, e.g., as disclosed herein. The internal surface(s) of the material dispenser opening may be polished and/or having low Ra value, e.g., as disclosed herein. The internal surface(s) of the material dispenser opening may be continuation of the channel, e.g., upon flow of the pre-transformed material into the internal compartment.

In some embodiments, the channel can be formed by engagement of a plate with a material dispenser, e.g., a side of the material dispenser and/or an opening (e.g., entrance opening) of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, a first end of the plate opening (e.g., 3223 ) and at least part of an entrance opening (e.g., 3320 ) of the material dispenser can form at least part of the channel. In some embodiments, a first end of the plate opening and at least part of an exit opening of the bulk reservoir can form at least part of the channel. The second end of the plate opening and/or at least part of the entrance opening of the material dispenser can form at least part of the channel. A first cross-section of the first end of the plate opening can be different than a respective second cross-section of the second end of the plate opening. A first cross-section of the first end of the plate opening can be different than a respective second cross-section of the entrance opening of the material dispenser. The first cross section can be smaller than the second cross section. The first cross section and/or the second cross section can be a vertical cross section. The channel may be in the at least partially aligned position for a (e.g., predetermined) amount of time to allow a requested (e.g., predetermined) amount of material to fill the interior of the material dispenser. Filling the interior of the material dispenser may comprise at least partially filling of the channel (e.g., to its congestion). At times, the channel may remain in the at least partially aligned position until no more material can flow out of the channel (e.g., due to its congestion). The dispensed material may form a mound of material (e.g., 3226 ). FIG. 32 C shows an example of the plate(s) translated (e.g., further in direction 3243 ) such that the channel becomes congested (e.g., closed). In some cases, movement of the plate(s) may facilitate flow of material trapped material within the channel. In some embodiments, the plate(s) can be configured to translate between a first close position (e.g., FIG. 32 A ) and second closed position (e.g., FIG. 32 C ). In the first closed position, the material dispenser (e.g., top thereof, e.g., comprising second plate or second portion 3208 ) can close (e.g., block) the entrance opening (e.g., 3320 ) of the material dispenser, e.g., utilizing at least one of the auxiliary members (e.g., 3205 ). In the second closed position, the first plate 3231 can close (e.g., block) the entrance opening of the bulk reservoir (e.g., 3240 ). FIG. 32 A shows an example in which plate 3280 blocks the exit opening of the bulk reservoir comprising material 3216 , and the channel 3210 leading to the material dispenser 3204 interior, becomes open. FIG. 32 B shows an example in which the channel moves in a direction 3221 until the bulk reservoir opening 3238 is fluidly connected to the material dispenser opening 3320 by the channel, to facilitate material flow from the bulk reservoir into the interior of the material dispenser. FIG. 32 C shows an example in which the plate 3240 moves in a direction 3243 to a position in which the bulk reservoir 3240 is closed by plate 3210 , and an end 3237 of the channel leading to the material dispenser interior, becomes open.

In some embodiments, the channel may be disrupted, e.g., by movement of the plate(s), material dispenser, and/or material reservoir. Disrupting the channel can include disrupting a position, a cross sectional shape, a cross sectional area, a volume, and/or an existence of the channel. When the channel is disrupted, the plate opening may not be at least partially aligned with the exit opening of the bulk reservoir and the entrance opening of the material dispenser. In some embodiments, the material dispenser is separable from the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the channel is disrupted when the material dispenser separates from the bulk reservoir. FIG. 33 shows the material dispenser 3304 separated from the bulk reservoir 3302 . In some embodiments, the material dispenser (e.g., and the second portion of the plate (or the second plate) (e.g., 3308 )) are separable from the bulk reservoir. In some embodiments, the material dispenser (e.g., and the second portion of the plate (or a second plate)) are separable from the first portion of the plate (or the first plate) (e.g., 3306 ). In some embodiments, the material dispenser is (e.g., fixedly) coupled to, or is an integral part of, the second portion of the plate (or the second plate). In some embodiments, disengagement of the material dispenser can cause material (e.g., trapped material) within the entrance opening (e.g., 3320 ) of the material dispenser to move (e.g., slide) into the cavity (e.g., 3330 ) of the material dispenser. The material dispenser may disengage from its coupling to the bulk reservoir to facilitate its operation (e.g., dispensing material towards a platform), e.g., by translating in a direction 3314 . The disengagement of the material dispenser from the bulk reservoir may cause a disruption of the channel. The disruption of the channel may comprise breaking, eliminating, or terminate the existence of, the channel. The disruption of the channel may cease return of the material dispenser towards the bulk reservoir, e.g., in a direction 3312 . The disruption of the channel may cease on engagement of the material dispenser with the bulk reservoir and/or plate(s) (e.g., first plate). The formation the channel may be on engagement of the material dispenser with the bulk reservoir and/or plate(s) (e.g., first plate), e.g., after completion of a material dissension cycle. In some embodiments, the channel may be formed or terminated depending on the position of the material dispenser and/or plate(s). At times, the layer dispensing mechanism is parked in the ancillary chamber. The layer dispensing mechanism may comprise a material removal mechanism that may include pre-transformed material (e.g., powder) and/or other debris (e.g., soot, or other debris), collectively termed herein as “debris.” The debris may be dispersed on the floor of the ancillary chamber when the layer dispensing mechanism may be parked in the ancillary chamber. The floor of the ancillary chamber may be coupled to a recycling system (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1315 ). The floor of the ancillary chamber may be optionally coupled to the recycling system via a vacuum (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1320 ). The floor of the ancillary chamber may be optionally coupled to a reconditioning system. The recycling and/or reconditioning system may comprise a sieve. The recycling system may comprise a reservoir that holds the recycled material. The recycled material may be reconditioned (e.g., having reduced reactive species such as oxygen, or water). The recycled material may be sieved through the sieving system. In some examples, material may not be reconditioned. The material may be sucked by a vacuum (e.g., from the floor of the ancillary chamber). The floor of the ancillary chamber may be tilted. The floor of the ancillary chamber may be sloped at an angle. The floor of the ancillary chamber may be built to assist removal of the material by way of gravity. The debris on the floor of the ancillary chamber may be transported away from the ancillary chamber (e.g., into the recycling system). Transportation may be via the opening port (e.g., 1380 ). Transportation may be via a pipe, hole, channel, or a conveyor system.

In some embodiments, the floor of the ancillary chamber includes one or more features to facilitate movement of material (e.g., excess material (e.g., pre-transformed material and/or transformed material) and/or debris) through an opening port (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1380 ) to the recycling system (e.g., FIG. 11 , 1185 or FIG. 13 , 1315 ). FIGS. 26 A- 26 C and 27 A- 27 C show examples perspective views of opening port regions 2600 and 2700 of ancillary chambers (e.g., FIG. 11 , 1105 , FIG. 12 , 1240 or FIG. 13 , 1300 ) in accordance with some embodiments. The floor of the ancillary chamber can include a funnel portion (e.g., 2604 or 2704 ) that has at least one wall that converge toward the port opening (e.g., 2606 or 2706 ), conducive to guiding material (e.g., 2608 ) away from the opening port. The funnel portion can be integrally formed with the ancillary chamber (e.g., the funnel portion and ancillary chamber form a unitary piece), or be a piece that is separate (e.g., separable piece) from the ancillary chamber. In some embodiments, a pressure (e.g., gas pressure) is applied to the material (e.g., at expose surface 2625 ) within the funnel portion to facilitate the flow of the material through the funnel portion. The opening port region can include a port flushing component (e.g., 2610 or 2710 ) that is configured to provide a flow (e.g., 2612 or 2712 ) of gas that flushes material through (e.g., into and out of) the opening port region (e.g., 2600 or 2700 ). For example, the flow of gas can flush port opening (e.g., 2606 or 2706 ) between the ancillary chamber and the recycling system. The port flushing component can include an inlet (e.g., 2603 and 2703 ) that is operationally couples with a gas source and pressure source (e.g., one or more pumps (e.g., cyclone pump)) (e.g., FIG. 13 , 1320 ), which can at least partially provide the pressure for the flow of gas through the opening port region. The port flushing component can include an outlet (e.g., 2605 and 2705 ) that is configured to direct the flow of gas, including entrained material (e.g., 2608 ) from the ancillary chamber, out of the port flushing component. In some cases,